Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA (BA)
Operating Manual
Proline Promag 53
PROFIBUS DP/PA
Electromagnetic Flow Measuring System
8
BA053D/06/en/08.07
71060107
Valid as of version:
PROFIBUS DP: V 3.04.XX (Device software)
PROFIBUS PA: V 3.04.XX (Device software)
Brief operating instructions
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Brief operating instructions
These brief operating instructions show you how to configure your measuring device quickly and
easily:
Safety instructions
Page 7
First of all, familiarize yourself with the safety instructions so that you can carry out the following working steps quickly
and easily. Here you can find information about such topics as the designated use of the measuring device, operational
safety and the safety icons and symbols used in the document.
▼
Installation
Page 13
The "Installation" section contains all of the necessary information for incoming acceptance, the installation conditions
that have to be observed (orientation, installation site, vibrations etc.), through to the actual installation of the measuring
device, including information about seals, grounding and the required tightening torques for the compact and remote
versions.
▼
Wiring
Page 43
The "Wiring" section describes the electrical connection of the measuring device and the connection of the remote
version connecting cable. Additional topics of this chapter include:
• The specifications of the coil/signal cable and the fieldbus cable
• The terminal assignment
• The potential matching and degree of protection
▼
Display and operating elements
Page 65
The available display and operating elements of the local display and working with the function matrix are presented
here.
▼
Configuration programs
Page 73 ff.
The measuring device can be configured and operated using the local display and using configuration programs from
various manufacturers.
▼
Basic configuration (device parameters, automation functions)
Seite 84 ff.
You can commission your measuring device quickly and easily, using the special "Quick Setup" menu. It enables you to
directly configure important basic functions using the local display, for example display language, measured variables,
units of measure, type of signal, etc.
The following adjustment is to be made separately as necessary:
– Empty/full-pipe adjustment for empty pipe detection → Page 124 ff.
▼
PROFIBUS interface
Page 95 ff.
Commissioning the PROFIBUS interface.
▼
System integration and cyclic data transmission
Use of the device master files (GSD files) → Page 100 ff.
Cyclic data transmission → Page 104 ff.
▼
Hardware settings
Information about setting the hardware write protection, the device address, etc. for:
• PROFIBUS DP → Page 76 ff.
• PROFIBUS PA→ Page 81 ff.
▼
2
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Brief operating instructions
Application-specific commissioning
Page 86 ff.
In the "Commissioning" Quick Setup, you have the option of launching other, application-specific Quick Setups, for
instance the menu for measuring pulsating flow, etc.
▼
Customer-specific configuration
Page 70 ff.
Complex measuring operations necessitate additional functions that you can configure as necessary with the aid of the
function matrix, and customize to suit your process parameters.
!
Note!
All functions are described in detail, as is the function matrix itself, in the "Description of Device Functions" manual
which is a separate part of this Operating Manual.
▼
Data storage
Page 94 ff.
The configuration of the transmitter can be stored on the integrated T-DAT data storage device.
!
Note!
For timesaving commissioning, the settings stored in the T-DAT can be transmitted:
– For equivalent measuring points (equivalent configuration,)
– In the event of device/board replacement.
▼
Additional configuration (only PROFIBUS DP)
For flexible-assignment boards, the outputs can be changed by configuring the current output and relay
contacts.→ Page 79 ff.
The F-CHIP module allows the use of optional software packages for batching and the ECC (Electrode Cleaning Circuit).
→ Page 125
!
Endress+Hauser
Note!
Always start troubleshooting with the checklist on Page 130 if faults occur after commissioning or
during operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the problem and the appropriate
remedial measures.
3
Brief operating instructions
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
QUICK SETUP for fast commissioning
!
Note!
More detailed information on running Quick Setup menus, especially for devices without a local
display, is contained in the "Commissioning" section. → Page 84 ff.
XXX.XXX.XX
E
++
Quick Setup
B
QS 1002
Commission
E+
Esc
-
+
E
Language
HOME-POSITION
2000
Pre-Setting
Selection
➀
System units
Volume
Mass
Quit
Unit 0420
Density
0402
Unit
Volume Flow
Value 0700
Density
0400
Unit
Mass flow
➁
Configure another unit?
YES
NO
Unit
To Bus
Selection
Output type
➂
Current Output 1
6141
Freq.-/ Pulse Output 1
Quit
Operation 4200
Mode
Frequency
Pulse
Assign 4000
Current
Assign 4201
Frequency
Assign 4221
Pulse
Current 4001
Span
End 4203
Value Freq.
Pulse 4222
Value
Value 4002
0_4 mA
Value 4204
F low
Pulse 4223
Width
Value 4003
20 mA
Value 4205
F high
Measuring 4225
Mode
Measuring 4004
Mode
Measuring 4206
Mode
Output 4226
Signal
Time 4005
Constant
Output 4207
Signal
Failsafe 4227
Mode
Failsafe 4006
Mode
Time 4208
Constant
Failsafe 4209
Mode
➃
Configure another Output?
Autom. Configuration of Display?
YES
NO
YES
NO
Automatic parameterization
of the display
Another
Quick Setup?
Batching
➅
Pulsating Flow
➆
➄
Communication
NO
Carrying out the selected Quick Setup
a0004551-en
Fig. 1:
4
Quick Setup for fast commissioning
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Table of contents
Table of contents
1
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation, commissioning and operation . . . . . . . .
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety conventions and icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1
2.2
2.3
Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1.1 Nameplate of the transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1.2 Nameplate of the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.1.3 Nameplate for connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1
3.4
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage . . . . . .
3.1.1 Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.3 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.3 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.4 Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.5 Foundations, supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.6 Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.7 Nominal diameter and flow rate . . . . . . . .
3.2.8 Length of connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.1 Installing the Promag W sensor . . . . . . . . .
3.3.2 Installing the Promag P sensor . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.3 Installing the Promag H sensor . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.4 Turning the transmitterhousing . . . . . . . . .
3.3.5 Turning the local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.6 Installing the wall-mount housing . . . . . . .
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4.1
PROFIBUS cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.1 PROFIBUS DP cable specification . . . . . . .
4.1.2 PROFIBUS PA cable specification . . . . . . . .
4.1.3 Shielding and grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1 Connecting Promag W/P/H . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 Cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.1 Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2 Transmitter connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.3 PROFIBUS DP connection diagram . . . . . .
4.3.4 PROFIBUS PA connection diagram . . . . . .
Potential matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1 Standard case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2 Special cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2
3.3
4.2
4.3
4.4
Endress+Hauser
7
7
7
8
8
13
13
13
14
15
15
15
17
18
19
19
20
24
25
25
31
36
38
39
40
42
43
43
44
46
47
47
51
52
52
53
54
56
59
59
60
4.5
4.6
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
5
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
5.1
5.2
Quick operation guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.1 Display and operating elements . . . . . . . . .
5.2.2 Display (operating mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.3 Additional display functions . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.4 Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.5 Controlling the batching processes using the
local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief Operating Manual to the function matrix . . . .
5.3.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.2 Enabling the programming mode . . . . . . . .
5.3.3 Disabling the programming mode . . . . . . . .
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.1 Type of error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.2 Error message type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.1 FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.2 Operating program
"ToF Tool - Fieldtool Package" . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.3 Operating program
"SIMATIC PDM" (Siemens) . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.4 Device drivers for operating programs . . . .
Hardware PROFIBUS DP settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.1 Configuring the write protection . . . . . . . .
5.6.2 Configuring the device address . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.3 Configuring the terminating resistors . . . . .
5.6.4 Current output configuration . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.5 Relay output configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HardwarePROFIBUS PA settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.1 Configuring the write protection . . . . . . . .
5.7.2 Configuring the device address . . . . . . . . . .
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
64
65
65
66
66
67
69
70
71
71
71
72
72
72
73
73
73
73
74
76
76
77
78
79
80
81
81
82
6
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.1
6.2
6.3
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Switching on the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
6.3.1 Quick Setup "Commissioning" . . . . . . . . . . 84
6.3.2 Quick Setup "Pulsating Flow" . . . . . . . . . . . 86
6.3.3 Quick Setup "Batching" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
6.3.4 Quick Setup "Communication" . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.3.5 Data backup/transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Commissioning the PROFIBUS interface . . . . . . . . 95
6.4.1 PROFIBUS DP commissioning . . . . . . . . . . 95
6.4.2 PROFIBUS PA commissioning . . . . . . . . . . 98
PROFIBUS DP/PA system integration . . . . . . . . . 100
6.5.1 Device master file (GSD file) . . . . . . . . . . 100
6.5.2 Selection of the GSD file in the
measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
6.5.3 Compatibility to the previous model
Promag 33 (Profile Version 2.0) . . . . . . . . 103
6.5.4 Maximum number of writes . . . . . . . . . . 103
6.4
6.5
5
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
PROFIBUS DP cyclic data transmission . . . . . . . .
6.6.1 Block model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.2 Modules for cyclic data transmission . . . .
6.6.3 Description of the modules . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.4 Configuration examples with
Simatic S7 HW-Konfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROFIBUS PA cyclic data transmission . . . . . . . . .
6.7.1 Block model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.2 Modules for cyclic data transmission . . . .
6.7.3 Description of the modules . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.4 Configuration examples with
Simatic S7 HW-Konfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROFIBUS DP/PA acyclic data transmission . . . .
6.8.1 Master class 2 acyclic (MS2AC) . . . . . . . .
6.8.2 Master class 1 acyclic (MS1AC) . . . . . . . .
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.9.1 Empty-pipe/Full-pipe adjustment . . . . . . .
Data storage device (HistoROM), F-CHIP . . . . . . .
6.10.1 HistoROM/S-DAT (Sensor DAT) . . . . . . .
6.10.2 HistoROM/T-DAT (Transmitter DAT) . . .
6.10.3 F-CHIP (Function Chip) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of contents
104
104
104
105
112
114
114
114
115
121
123
123
123
124
124
125
125
125
125
7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
7.1
7.2
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
8
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
8.1
8.2
8.3
Device-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Measuring principle-specific accessories . . . . . . . . 128
Service-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
9
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
9.1
9.2
Troubleshooting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2.1 Displaying the device status on
PROFIBUS DP/PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2.2 List of system error messages . . . . . . . . .
Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3.1 Displaying the device status on
PROFIBUS DP/PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3.2 List of process error messages . . . . . . . . .
Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failsafe mode of outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.1 PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.2 PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.3 Removing and installing
printed circuit boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.4 Replacing the device fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6.5 Replacing exchangeable
measuring electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SoftwareHistory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
6
10
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
10.1
Technical data at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.1 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.2 Function and system design . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.3 Input variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.4 Output variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.5 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.6 Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.7 Operating conditions: Installation . . . . . .
10.1.8 Operating conditions: Environment . . . . .
10.1.9 Operating conditions: Process . . . . . . . . .
10.1.10 Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.11 Human interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.12 Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.13 Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.14 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.15 Supplementary documentation . . . . . . . .
156
156
156
156
157
158
159
159
160
160
165
171
172
173
173
173
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
130
132
132
133
141
141
141
143
144
145
145
146
147
151
152
153
153
154
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Safety instructions
1
Safety instructions
1.1
Designated use
The measuring device described in this Operating Manual is to be used only for measuring the flow
rate of conductive liquids in closed pipes.
A minimum conductivity of 20 μS/cm is required for measuring demineralized water. Most liquids
can be metered, provided they have a minimum conductivity of 5 μS/cm, for example:
• acids, alkalis, pastes, mashes, pulps,
• drinking water, wastewater, sewage sludge,
• milk, beer, wine, mineral water, yogurt, molasses, etc.
Resulting from incorrect use or from use other than that designated, the operational safety of the
measuring devices can be suspended. The manufacturer accepts no liability for damages being
produced from this.
1.2
Installation, commissioning and operation
Note the following points:
• Installation, connection to the electricity supply, commissioning and maintenance of the device
must be carried out by trained, qualified specialists authorized to perform such work by the
facility's owner-operator. The specialist must have read and understood this Operating Manual
and must follow the instructions it contains.
• The device must be operated by persons authorized and trained by the facility's owner-operator.
Strict compliance with the instructions in the Operating Manual is mandatory.
• Endress+Hauser is willing to assist in clarifying the chemical resistance properties of parts wetted
by special fluids, including fluids used for cleaning. However, small changes in temperature,
concentration or the degree of contamination in the process can result in changes of the chemical
resistance properties. Therefore, Endress+Hauser can not guarantee or accept liability for the
chemical resistance properties of the fluid wetted materials in a specific application. The user is
responsible for the choice of fluid wetted materials in regards to their in-process resistance to
corrosion.
• If carrying out welding work on the piping, the welding unit must not be grounded by means of
the measuring device.
• The installer must ensure that the measuring system is correctly wired in accordance with the
wiring diagrams. The transmitter must be grounded, except in cases where special protective
measures have been taken (e.g. galvanically isolated power supply SELV or PELV).
• Always note the regulations applicable in your country to the operation, maintenance and repair
of electrical devices. Special instructions relating to the device can be found in the relevant
sections of this documentation.
1.3
Operational safety
Note the following points:
• Measuring systems for use in hazardous environments are accompanied by separate "Ex
documentation", which is an integral part of this Operating Manual. Strict compliance with the
installation instructions and ratings as stated in this supplementary documentation is mandatory.
The symbol on the front of this supplementary Ex documentation indicates the approval and the
certification body (e.g. 0 Europe, 1 USA, 1 Canada)
• The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with
EN 61010-1, the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326, and NAMUR recommendations NE 21,
NE 43 and NE 53.
• Depending on the application, the seals of the process connections of the Promag H sensor require
periodic replacement.
Endress+Hauser
7
Safety instructions
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
• Due to the performance rate in the electronic components, the maximum heating of the outer
housing surfaces is 10 K. When hot media are passed through the measuring tube, the surface
temperature of the housing increases. With regard to the sensor, in particular, you should expect
temperatures that can be close to the temperature of the medium. If the temperature of the
medium is high, ensure staff are protected against burns and scalds.
• The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser distributor will supply you with current information and updates to this
Operating Manual.
1.4
Returns
The following procedures must be carried out before a flowmeter requiring repair or calibration, for
example, is returned to Endress+Hauser:
• Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of contamination" form. Only then can
Endress+Hauser transport, examine and repair a returned device.
• Enclose special handling instructions if necessary, for example a safety data sheet as per EN 91/
155/EEC.
• Remove all residues. Pay special attention to the grooves for seals and crevices which could
contain residues. This is particularly important if the substance is hazardous to health, e.g.
flammable, toxic, caustic, carcinogenic, etc.
!
#
Note!
You will find a preprinted "Declaration of contamination" form at the back of this Operating Manual.
Warning!
• Do not return a measuring device if you are not absolutely certain that all traces of hazardous
substances have been removed, e.g. substances which have penetrated crevices or diffused
through plastic.
• Costs incurred for waste disposal and injury (burns, etc.) due to inadequate cleaning will be
charged to the owner-operator.
1.5
Safety conventions and icons
The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been tested, and left
the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with the applicable
standards and regulations in accordance with EN 61010-1 "Protection Measures for Electrical
Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory Procedures". The devices can,
however, be a source of danger if used incorrectly or for anything other than the designated use.
Consequently, always pay particular attention to the safety instructions indicated in this Operating
Manual by the following icons:
#
"
!
8
Warning!
"Warning" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in injury
or a safety hazard. Comply strictly with the instructions and proceed with care.
Caution!
"Caution" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in incorrect
operation or destruction of the device. Comply strictly with the instructions.
Note!
"Note" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can have an indirect
effect on operation or trigger an unexpected response on the part of the device.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Identification
2
Identification
2.1
Device designation
The flow measuring system consists of the following components:
• Promag 53 transmitter
• Promag W, Promag P or Promag H sensor
Two versions are available:
• Compact version: transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit.
• Remote version: transmitter and sensor are installed separately.
2.1.1
Nameplate of the transmitter
8
9
PROMAG 53
1
2
3
4
Order Code: 53P1H-XXXXXXXXXXXX
Ser.No.:
12345678901
TAG No.:
ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRST
IP67 / NEMA/Type 4X
20-55VAC/16-62VDC
50-60Hz 15VA/W
EPD/MSU
ECC
PROFIBUS DP (Profile 3.0), STATUS-IN
f-OUT, I-OUT
5
6
i
-20°C (-4°F) < Tamb < +60°C (+140°F)
P R O F I
7
B U S
N12895
R
Pat. UK EP 541 878 EP 618 680
Pat. UK 2 084 740 EP 219 725 EP 521 169
Pat. US 5,323,156 5,479,007
Pat. US 4,382,387 4,704,908 5,351,554
a0004554
Fig. 2:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Endress+Hauser
Nameplate specifications for the "Promag 53" transmitter (example)
Order code/serial number: Refer to the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual
letters and digits.
Power supply/frequency/power consumption
Additional functions and software
Available inputs and outputs
Reserved for information on special products
Please refer to operating instructions / documentation
Reserved for certificates, approvals and for additional information on device version
Ambient temperature range
Degree of protection
9
Identification
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
2.1.2
Nameplate of the sensor
PROMAG P
1
2
3
4
5
Order Code: 50P1H-XXXXXXXXXXXX
Ser.No.:
12345678901
ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRST
TAG No.:
0.5328/-5
DN100 DIN/EN PN40 pnom =PS= 40bar
TM:
–10°C...+150°C/–14°F...+300°F
Materials: PFA
Electrodes: 1.4435/316L
0.5% CAL
10
EPD/MSU, R/B
11
-20°C (-4°F)<Tamb<+60°C (+140°F)
NEMA/Type4X
12
K-factor:
6
7
8
i
9
N12895
Pat. US 4,382,387 4,704,908 5,540,103
13
a0004374
Fig. 3:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
10
Nameplate specifications for the "Promag" sensor (example)
Order code/serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual
letters and digits.
Calibration factor with zero point
Nominal diameter/nominal pressure
Medium temperature range
Materials: lining/measuring electrode
Reserved for information on special products
Permitted ambient temperature range
Please refer to operating instructions / documentation
Reserved for additional information on device version (approvals, certificates)
Calibration tolerance
Additional information
– EPD: with empty pipe detection electrode
– R/B: with reference electrode (only for Promag P)
Degree of protection
Flow direction
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Identification
Nameplate for connections
Supply /
Versorgung /
Tension d'alimentation
4
1
12345678912
2
L1/L+
N/LPE
2
3
26 = B (RxD/TxD-P)
PROFIBUS DP (Profile 3.0) 27 = A (RxD/TxD-N)
26(+) / 27(-)
Ser.No.:
active
passive
normally open contact
normally closed contact
24(+) / 25(-)
1
A:
P:
NO:
NC:
20(+) / 21(-)
See operating manual
Betriebsanleitung beachten
Observer manuel d'instruction
22(+) / 23(-)
2.1.3
X
3...30 VDC, Ri = 3 kOhm
P
STATUS–IN
5
6
7
8
9
RELAY
max. 60 VDC / 0.1 A
max. 30 VAC / 0.5 A
RELAY
max. 60 VDC / 0.1 A
max. 30 VAC / 0.5 A
Ex-works / ab-Werk / réglages usine
Device SW: XX.XX.XX (WEA)
Communication: PROFIBUS DP
Drivers: ID XXXX (HEX)
Date: DD. MMM. YYYY
Update 1
NO
NC
Update 2
319475-00XX
a0004562
Fig. 4:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Endress+Hauser
Nameplate specifications for "Promag" transmitter connections (example)
Serial number
Possible configuration of current output
Possible configuration of relay contacts
Terminal assignment, cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Pending signals at the inputs and outputs
possible configurations and terminal assignment
Version of device software currently installed (inclusive language group)
Installed communication type
PROFIBUS ID No.
Date of installation
Current updates to data specified in points 6 to 9
11
Identification
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
2.2
Certificates and approvals
The devices are designed in accordance with good engineering practice to meet state-of-the-art
safety requirements, have been tested, and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to
operate. The devices comply with the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with
EN 61010-1 "Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation
and Laboratory Procedures" and with the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326.
The measuring system described in this Operating Manual is therefore in conformity with the
statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the
device by affixing to it the CE mark.
The measuring system is in conformity with the EMC requirements of the "Australian
Communications and Media Authority (ACMA)".
The flowmeter has successfully passed all the test procedures carried out and is certified and
registered by the PNO (PROFIBUS User Organization).
The device thus meets all the requirements of the following specifications:
• Certified to PROFIBUS Specification Profile 3.0 version
(Device certification number: provided upon request)
• The measuring device can also be operated with certified devices of other manufacturers
(interoperability).
2.3
Registered trademarks
KALREZ® and VITON®
Registered trademarks of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA
TRI-CLAMP®
Registered trademark of Ladish & Co., Inc., Kenosha, USA
PROFIBUS®
Registered trademark of the PROFIBUS User Organization, Karlsruhe, D
HistoROM™, S-DAT®, T-DAT™, F-CHIP®, ToF Tool - Fieldtool® Package, FieldCare®,
Fieldcheck®, Applicator®
Registered or registration-pending trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
12
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
3
Installation
3.1
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage
3.1.1
Incoming acceptance
On receipt of the goods, check the following points:
• Check the packaging and the contents for damage.
• Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply matches your
order.
3.1.2
Transport
The following instructions apply to unpacking and to transporting the device to its final location:
• Transport the devices in the containers in which they are delivered.
• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until the device is ready
to install. This is particularly important in the case of sensors with PTFE linings.
Special notes on flanged devices
"
Caution!
• The wooden covers mounted on the flanges before the device leaves the factory protect the linings
on the flanges during storage and transportation. Do not remove these covers until immediately
before the device is installed in the pipe!
• Do not lift flanged devices by the transmitter housing, or the connection housing in the case of
the remote version.
Transporting flanged devices DN ≤ 300 (≤ 12")
Use webbing slings slung round the two process connections. Do not use chains, as they could
damage the housing.
#
Warning!
Risk of injury if the measuring device slips. The center of gravity of the assembled measuring device
might be higher than the points around which the slings are slung.
At all times, therefore, make sure that the device does not unexpectedly turn around its axis or slip.
a0004294
Fig. 5:
Endress+Hauser
Transporting sensors with DN ≤ 300 ( ≤ 12")
13
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Transporting flangeddevices DN > 300 (> 12")
Use only the metal eyes on the flanges for transporting the device, lifting it and positioning the
sensor in the piping.
"
Caution!
Do not attempt to lift the sensor with the tines of a fork-lift truck beneath the metal casing. This
would buckle the casing and damage the internal magnetic coils.
a0004295
Fig. 6:
3.1.3
Transporting sensors with DN > 300 (> 12")
Storage
Note the following points:
• Pack the measuring device in such a way as to protect it reliably against impact for storage (and
transportation). The original packaging provides optimum protection.
• The permissible storage temperature corresponds to the ambient temperature range of the
measuring transmitter and the appropriate measuring sensors. → Page 160
• The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to avoid
unacceptably high surface temperatures.
• Choose a storage location where moisture does not collect in the measuring device. This will help
prevent fungus and bacteria infestation which can damage the liner.
• Do not remove the protective plates or caps on the process connections until the device is ready
to install. This is particularly important in the case of sensors with PTFE linings.
14
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
3.2
Installation conditions
3.2.1
Dimensions
All the dimensions and lengths of the sensor and transmitter are provided in the separate
documentation "Technical information".
3.2.2
Mounting location
Entrained air or gas bubbles in the measuring tube can result in an increase in measuring errors.
Avoid the following locations:
• Highest point of a pipeline. Risk of air entrainment.
• Directly upstream of a free pipe outlet in a vertical pipeline.
h ³ 2 x DN
a0003202
Fig. 7:
Mounting location
Installation of pumps
Do not install the sensor on the intake side of a pump. This precaution is to avoid low pressure and
the consequent risk of damage to the lining of the measuring tube. Information on pressure tightness
of the measuring tube lining → Page 162
It might be necessary to install pulse dampers in systems incorporating reciprocating, diaphragm or
peristaltic pumps. Information on vibration and shock resistance of the measuring system
→ Page 160
a0003203
Fig. 8:
Endress+Hauser
Installation of pumps
15
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Partially filled pipes
"
Partially filled pipes with gradients necessitate a drain-type configuration. The Empty Pipe Detection
function offers additional certainty in detecting empty or partially filled pipes. (EPD → Page 124)
Caution!
Risk of solids accumulating. Do not install the sensor at the lowest point in the drain. It is advisable
to install a cleaning valve.
³ 2 x DN
³ 5 x DN
a0003204
Fig. 9:
Installation in partially filled pipe
Down pipes
Install a siphon or a vent valve downstream of the sensor in down pipes longer than
5 meters (16 in). This precaution is to avoid low pressure and the consequent risk of damage to the
lining of the measuring tube. This measure also prevents the system losing prime, which could cause
entrained air.
Information on pressure tightness of the measuring tube lining → Page 162
1
h
2
a0003205
Fig. 10:
1
2
16
Measures for installation in a down pipe (h > 5 m/16 ft)
Vent valve
Siphon
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
3.2.3
Orientation
An optimum orientation position helps avoid gas and air entrainment and deposits in the measuring
tube. Promag, nevertheless, supplies a range of functions and accessories for correct measuring of
problematic fluids:
• Electrode Cleaning Circuit (ECC) for applications with accretive fluids, e.g. electrically
conductive deposits "Description of Device Functions" manual.
• Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) ensures the detection of partially filled measuring tubes, e.g. in the
case of degassing fluids or varying process pressures → Page 124
• Exchangeable measuring electrodes for abrasive fluids (only Promag W) → Page 152
Vertical orientation
This is the ideal orientation for self-emptying piping systems and for use in conjunction with Empty
Pipe Detection (EPD).
a0003206
Fig. 11:
Vertical orientation
Horizontal orientation
The measuring electrode plane should be horizontal. This prevents brief isolation of the two
electrodes by entrained air bubbles.
"
Caution!
Empty Pipe Detection functions correctly with the measuring device installed horizontally only
when the transmitter housing is facing upward (see Figure). Otherwise there is no guarantee that
Empty Pipe Detection will respond if the measuring tube is only partially filled or empty.
A
1
2
2
A
3
a0003207
Fig. 12:
1
2
3
Endress+Hauser
Horizontal orientation
EPD electrode for empty pipe detection (not for Promag H, DN 2 to 8, 1/12" to 5/16")
Measuring electrodes for the signal acquisition
Reference electrode for potential matching (not for Promag H)
17
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Inlet and outlet runs
If possible, install the sensor well clear of fittings such as valves, T-pieces, elbows, etc.
Compliance with the following requirements for the inlet and outlet runs is necessary in order to
ensure measuring accuracy.
• Inlet run: ≥ 5 x DN
• Outlet run: ≥ 2 x DN
5 x DN
2 x DN
a0003210
Fig. 13:
3.2.4
Inlet and outlet runs
Vibrations
Support and secure the both piping and the sensor if vibration is severe.
"
Caution!
It is advisable to install sensor and transmitter separately if vibration is excessively severe.
Information about the permitted shock and vibration resistance → Page 160
L
a0003208
Fig. 14:
18
Measures to prevent vibration of the measuring device (L > 10 m/33 ft)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
3.2.5
Foundations, supports
If the nominal diameter is DN ≥ 350 (≥ 14"), mount the transmitter on a foundation of adequate
load-bearing strength.
"
Caution!
Risk of damage.
Do not support the weight of the sensor on the metal casing: the casing would buckle and damage
the internal magnetic coils.
a0003209
Fig. 15:
3.2.6
Correct support for large nominal diameters DN ≥ 350 (≥ 14")
Adapters
Suitable adapters to DIN EN 545 (double-flange reducers) can be used to install the sensor in largerdiameter pipes. The resultant increase in the rate of flow improves measuring accuracy with very
slow-moving fluids.
The nomogram shown here can be used to calculate the pressure loss caused by cross-section
reduction.
!
Note!
The nomogram applies to liquids of viscosity similar to water.
1.
Calculate the ratio of the diameters d/D.
2.
From the nomogram, read off the pressure loss as a function of flow velocity (downstream from
the reduction) and the d/D ratio.
[mbar]
100
8 m/s
7 m/s
6 m/s
10
5 m/s
4 m/s
max. 8°
3 m/s
d
D
2 m/s
1
1 m/s
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
d/D
a0003213
Fig. 16:
Endress+Hauser
Pressure loss due to adapters (for pressure losses in US units, please contact Endress+Hauser)
19
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
3.2.7
Nominal diameter and flow rate
The diameter of the pipe and the flow rate determine the nominal diameter of the sensor. The
optimum flow velocity is between 2 and 3 m/s (6 to 10 ft/s). The flow velocity (v), moreover, has
to be matched to the physical properties of the fluid:
• v < 2 m/s (<6 ft/s): for abrasive fluids such as potter's clay, lime milk, ore slurry, etc.
• v > 2 m/s (>6 ft/s): for fluids producing buildup such as wastewater sludge, etc.
!
Note!
Flow velocity can be increased, if necessary, by reducing the nominal diameter of the sensor through
the use of adapters. → Page 19
Flow rate characteristic values (SI units)
Promag W
Nominal
diameter
[mm]
20
Recommended flow rate
min./max. full scale value
(v ≈ 0.3 or 10 m/s)
Factory settings
Full scale value
(v ≈ 2.5 m/s)
Pulse value
(≈ 2 pulse/s)
Low flow
(v ≈ 0.04 m/s)
25
9 to 300 dm3/min
75 dm3/min
0.50 dm3
1 dm3/min
32
15 to 500 dm3/min
125 dm3/min
1.00 dm3
2 dm3/min
40
25 to 700 dm3/min
200 dm3/min
1.50 dm3
3 dm3/min
50
35 to 1100 dm3/min
300 dm3/min
2.50 dm3
5 dm3/min
65
60 to 2000 dm3/min
500 dm3/min
5.00 dm3
8 dm3/min
80
90 to 3000 dm3/min
750 dm3/min
5.00 dm3
12 dm3/min
100
145 to 4700 dm3/min
1200 dm3/min
10.00 dm3
20 dm3/min
125
220 to 7500 dm3/min
1850 dm3/min
15.00 dm3
30 dm3/min
150
20 to 600 m3/h
150 m3/h
0.025 m3
2.5 m3/h
200
35 to 1100 m3/h
300 m3/h
0.05 m3
5.0 m3/h
250
55 to 1700 m3/h
500 m3/h
0.05 m3
7.5 m3/h
300
80 to 2400 m3/h
750 m3/h
0.10 m3
10 m3/h
350
110 to 3300 m3/h
1000 m3/h
0.10 m3
15 m3/h
400
140 to 4200 m3/h
1200 m3/h
0.15 m3
20 m3/h
450
180 to 5400 m3/h
1500 m3/h
0.25 m3
25 m3/h
500
220 to 6600 m3/h
2000 m3/h
0.25 m3
30 m3/h
600
310 to 9600 m3/h
2500 m3/h
0.30 m3
40 m3/h
700
420 to 13500 m3/h
3500 m3/h
0.50 m3
50 m3/h
800
550 to 18000 m3/h
4500 m3/h
0.75 m3
75 m3/h
900
690 to 22500 m3/h
6000 m3/h
0.75 m3
100 m3/h
1000
850 to 28000 m3/h
7000 m3/h
1.00 m3
125 m3/h
1200
1250 to 40000 m3/h
10000 m3/h
1.50 m3
150 m3/h
1400
1700 to 55000 m3/h
14000 m3/h
2.00 m3
225 m3/h
1600
2200 to 70000 m3/h
18000 m3/h
2.50 m3
300 m3/h
1800
2800 to 90000 m3/h
23000 m3/h
3.00 m3
350 m3/h
2000
3400 to 110000 m3/h
28500 m3/h
3.50 m3
450 m3/h
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
Promag P
Nominal
diameter
[mm]
Recommended flow rate
min./max. full scale value
(v ≈ 0.3 or 10 m/s)
Factory settings
Full scale value
(v ≈ 2.5 m/s)
Pulse value
(≈ 2 pulse/s)
Low flow
(v ≈ 0.04 m/s)
15
4 to 100 dm3/min
25 dm3/min
0.20 dm3
0.5 dm3/min
25
3/min
dm3/min
dm3
1 dm3/min
9 to 300 dm
75
0.50
32
15 to 500 dm3/min
125 dm3/min
1.00 dm3
2 dm3/min
40
25 to 700 dm3/min
200 dm3/min
1.50 dm3
3 dm3/min
50
35 to 1100 dm3/min
300 dm3/min
2.50 dm3
5 dm3/min
65
60 to 2000 dm3/min
500 dm3/min
5.00 dm3
8 dm3/min
80
90 to 3000 dm3/min
750 dm3/min
5.00 dm3
12 dm3/min
100
145 to 4700 dm3/min
1200 dm3/min
10.00 dm3
20 dm3/min
125
220 to 7500 dm3/min
1850 dm3/min
15.00 dm3
30 dm3/min
150
20 to 600 m3/h
150 m3/h
0.025 m3
2.5 m3/h
200
35 to 1100 m3/h
300 m3/h
0.05 m3
5.0 m3/h
250
55 to 1700 m3/h
500 m3/h
0.05 m3
7.5 m3/h
300
80 to 2400 m3/h
750 m3/h
0.10 m3
10 m3/h
350
110 to 3300 m3/h
1000 m3/h
0.10 m3
15 m3/h
400
140 to 4200 m3/h
1200 m3/h
0.15 m3
20 m3/h
450
180 to 5400 m3/h
1500 m3/h
0.25 m3
25 m3/h
500
220 to 6600 m3/h
2000 m3/h
0.25 m3
30 m3/h
600
310 to 9600 m3/h
2500 m3/h
0.30 m3
40 m3/h
Promag H
Nominal
diameter
[mm]
Endress+Hauser
Recommended flow rate
min./max. full scale value
(v ≈ 0.3 or 10 m/s)
Factory settings
Full scale value
(v ≈ 2.5 m/s)
Pulse value
(≈ 2 pulse/s)
Low flow
(v ≈ 0.04 m/s)
2
0.06 to 1.8 dm3/min
0.5 dm3/min
0.005 dm3
0.01 dm3/min
4
0.25 to 7 dm3/min
2 dm3/min
0.025 dm3
0.05 dm3/min
8
1 to 30 dm3/min
8 dm3/min
0.10 dm3
0.1 dm3/min
15
4 to 100 dm3/min
25 dm3/min
0.20 dm3
0.5 dm3/min
25
9 to 300 dm3/min
75 dm3/min
0.50 dm3
1 dm3/min
40
25 to 700 dm3/min
200 dm3/min
1.50 dm3
3 dm3/min
50
35 to 1100 dm3/min
300 dm3/min
2.50 dm3
5 dm3/min
65
60 to 2000 dm3/min
500 dm3/min
5.00 dm3
8 dm3/min
80
90 to 3000 dm3/min
750 dm3/min
5.00 dm3
12 dm3/min
100
145 to 4700 dm3/min
1200 dm3/min
10.00 dm3
20 dm3/min
21
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Flow rate characteristic values (US units)
Promag W
Nominal
diameter
[inch]
22
Recommended flow rate
min./max. full scale value
(v ≈ 1.0 or 33 ft/s)
Factory settings
Full scale value
(v ≈ 8.2 ft/s)
Pulse value
(≈ 2 pulse/s)
Low flow
(v ≈ 0.01 ft/s)
1"
2.5 to 80 gal/min
18 gal/min
0.20 gal
0.25 gal/min
1¼"
4 to 130 gal/min
30 gal/min
0.20 gal
0.50 gal/min
1½"
7 to 190 gal/min
50 gal/min
0.50 gal
0.75 gal/min
2"
10 to 300 gal/min
75 gal/min
0.50 gal
1.25 gal/min
2½"
16 to 500 gal/min
130 gal/min
1 gal
2.0 gal/min
3"
24 to 800 gal/min
200 gal/min
2 gal
2.5 gal/min
4"
40 to 1250 gal/min
300 gal/min
2 gal
4.0 gal/min
5"
60 to 1950 gal/min
450 gal/min
5 gal
7.0 gal/min
6"
90 to 2650 gal/min
600 gal/min
5 gal
12 gal/min
8"
155 to 4850 gal/min
1200 gal/min
10 gal
15 gal/min
10"
250 to 7500 gal/min
1500 gal/min
15 gal
30 gal/min
12"
350 to 10600 gal/min
2400 gal/min
25 gal
45 gal/min
14"
500 to 15000 gal/min
3600 gal/min
30 gal
60 gal/min
16"
600 to 19000 gal/min
4800 gal/min
50 gal
60 gal/min
18"
800 to 24000 gal/min
6000 gal/min
50 gal
90 gal/min
20"
1000 to 30000 gal/min
7500 gal/min
75 gal
120 gal/min
24"
1400 to 44000 gal/min
10500 gal/min
100 gal
180 gal/min
28"
1900 to 60000 gal/min
13500 gal/min
125 gal
210 gal/min
30"
2150 to 67000 gal/min
16500 gal/min
150 gal
270 gal/min
32"
2450 to 80000 gal/min
19500 gal/min
200 gal
300 gal/min
36"
3100 to 100000 gal/min
24000 gal/min
225 gal
360 gal/min
40"
3800 to 125000 gal/min
30000 gal/min
250 gal
480 gal/min
42"
4200 to 135000 gal/min
33000 gal/min
250 gal
600 gal/min
48"
5500 to 175000 gal/min
42000 gal/min
400 gal
600 gal/min
54"
9 to 300 Mgal/d
75 Mgal/d
0.0005 Mgal
1.3 Mgal/d
60"
12 to 380 Mgal/d
95 Mgal/d
0.0005 Mgal
1.3 Mgal/d
66"
14 to 500 Mgal/d
120 Mgal/d
0.0008 Mgal
2.2 Mgal/d
72"
16 to 570 Mgal/d
140 Mgal/d
0.0008 Mgal
2.6 Mgal/d
78"
18 to 650 Mgal/d
175 Mgal/d
0.001 Mgal
3.0 Mgal/d
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
Promag P
Nominal
diameter
[inch]
Recommended flow rate
min./max. full scale value
(v ≈ 1.0 or 33 ft/s)
Factory settings
Full scale value
(v ≈ 8.2 ft/s)
Pulse value
(≈ 2 pulse/s)
Low flow
(v ≈ 0.01 ft/s)
½"
1.0 to 27 gal/min
6 gal/min
0.05 gal
0.10 gal/min
1"
2.5 to 80 gal/min
18 gal/min
0.20 gal
0.25 gal/min
1¼"
4 to 130 gal/min
30 gal/min
0.20 gal
0.50 gal/min
1½"
7 to 190 gal/min
50 gal/min
0.50 gal
0.75 gal/min
2"
10 to 300 gal/min
75 gal/min
0.50 gal
1.25 gal/min
2½"
16 to 500 gal/min
130 gal/min
1 gal
2.0 gal/min
3"
24 to 800 gal/min
200 gal/min
2 gal
2.5 gal/min
4"
40 to 1250 gal/min
300 gal/min
2 gal
4.0 gal/min
5"
60 to 1950 gal/min
450 gal/min
5 gal
7.0 gal/min
6"
90 to 2650 gal/min
600 gal/min
5 gal
12 gal/min
8"
155 to 4850 gal/min
1200 gal/min
10 gal
15 gal/min
10"
250 to 7500 gal/min
1500 gal/min
15 gal
30 gal/min
12"
350 to 10600 gal/min
2400 gal/min
25 gal
45 gal/min
14"
500 to 15000 gal/min
3600 gal/min
30 gal
60 gal/min
16"
600 to 19000 gal/min
4800 gal/min
50 gal
60 gal/min
18"
800 to 24000 gal/min
6000 gal/min
50 gal
90 gal/min
20"
1000 to 30000 gal/min
7500 gal/min
75 gal
120 gal/min
24"
1400 to 44000 gal/min
10500 gal/min
100 gal
180 gal/min
Promag H
Nominal
diameter
[inch]
1/
Endress+Hauser
Recommended flow rate
min./max. full scale value
(v ≈ 1.0 or 33 ft/s)
Factory settings
Full scale value
(v ≈ 8.2 ft/s)
Pulse value
(≈ 2 pulse/s)
Low flow
(v ≈ 0.01 ft/s)
12"
0.015 to 0.5 gal/min
0.1 gal/min
0.001 gal
0.002 gal/min
5
/32"
0.07 to 2 gal/min
0.5 gal/min
0.005 gal
0.008 gal/min
5
/16"
0.25 to 8 gal/min
2 gal/min
0.02 gal
0.025 gal/min
½"
1.0 to 27 gal/min
6 gal/min
0.05 gal
0.10 gal/min
1"
2.5 to 80 gal/min
18 gal/min
0.20 gal
0.25 gal/min
1½"
7 to 190 gal/min
50 gal/min
0.50 gal
0.75 gal/min
2"
10 to 300 gal/min
75 gal/min
0.50 gal
1.25 gal/min
2½"
16 to 500 gal/min
130 gal/min
1 gal
2.0 gal/min
3"
24 to 800 gal/min
200 gal/min
2 gal
2.5 gal/min
4"
40 to 1250 gal/min
300 gal/min
2 gal
4.0 gal/min
23
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
3.2.8
Length of connecting cable
In order to ensure measuring accuracy, comply with the following instructions when installing the
remote version:
• Secure the cable run or route the cable in a conduit. Movement of the cable can falsify the
measuring signal, particularly if the fluid conductivity is low.
• Route the cable well clear of electrical machines and switching elements.
• Ensure potential matching between sensor and transmitter, if necessary.
• The permissible cable length Lmax depends on the fluid conductivity (Fig. 17). A minimum
conductivity of 20 μS/cm is required for measuring demineralized water.
[mS/cm]
200
L max
100
5
10
0
100
200
400
200
[m]
L max
[ft]
600
a0004293-ae
Fig. 17:
Permissible cable lengths for the remote version
Gray shaded area = permissible range
Lmax = Length of connecting cable in [m]
Fluid conductivity in [μS/cm]
24
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
!
Installation
3.3
Installation
3.3.1
Installing the Promag W sensor
Note!
Bolts, nuts, seals etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the customer.
The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges:
• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques → Page 26 ff.
• Information on the installation of additional ground disks → Page 25
a0004296
Fig. 18:
Installing the sensor
Seals
Comply with the following instructions when installing seals:
• Hard rubber lining → additional seals are always required!
• Polyurethane lining → additional seals are recommended.
• For DIN flanges, use only seals acc. to DIN EN 1514-1.
• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.
"
Caution!
Risk of short circuit. Do not use electrically conductive sealing compound such as graphite. An
electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and short-circuit the
measuring signal.
Ground cable (DN 25 to 2000, 1" to 78")
If necessary, a special ground cable for potential matching can be ordered as an accessory
(→ Page 128 ff.). Detailed assembly instructions→ Page 60 ff.
Assembly with ground disks (DN 25 to 300, 1" to 12")
"
Endress+Hauser
Depending on the application, e.g. with lined or ungrounded pipes (→ Page 60 ff.), it may be
necessary to mount ground disks between the sensor and the pipe flange for potential matching.
Ground disks can be ordered separately as an accessory from Endress+Hauser. → Page 26
Caution!
• In this case, when using ground disks (including seals) the total fitting length increases! The
dimensions are provided in the separate documentation "Technical information".
• Hard rubber lining → install additional seals between the sensor and ground disk and between
the ground disk and pipe flange.
• Polyurethane lining → only install additional seals between the ground disk and pipe flange.
25
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
1.
Place the ground disk and additional seal(s) between the instrument and the pipe flange (see
Figure).
2.
Insert the bolts through the flange holes. Tighten the nuts so that they are still loose.
3.
Now rotate the ground disk as shown in Fig. 1 until the handle strikes the bolts. This will
center the ground disk automatically.
4.
Tighten the bolts to the required torque. → Page 128
5.
Connect the ground disk to ground potential. → Page 61
a0004297
Fig. 19:
Assembly with ground disks (Promag W, DN 25 to 300, 1" to 12")
Screw tightening torques (Promag W)
Note the following points:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the fasteners will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
26
Promag W
Nominal diameter
EN (DIN)
Pressure rating
Screws
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
[mm]
[bar]
25
PN 40
4 x M 12
-
15
32
PN 40
4 x M 16
-
24
40
PN 40
4 x M 16
-
31
50
PN 40
4 x M 16
-
40
65 *
PN 16
8 x M 16
32
27
65
PN 40
8 x M 16
32
27
80
PN 16
8 x M 16
40
34
80
PN 40
8 x M 16
40
34
100
PN 16
8 x M 16
43
36
100
PN 40
8 x M 20
59
50
125
PN 16
8 x M 16
56
48
125
PN 40
8 x M 24
83
71
150
PN 16
8 x M 20
74
63
150
PN 40
8 x M 24
104
88
200
PN 10
8 x M 20
106
91
200
PN 16
12 x M 20
70
61
200
PN 25
12 x M 24
104
92
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Endress+Hauser
Installation
Promag W
Nominal diameter
EN (DIN)
Pressure rating
Screws
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
[mm]
[bar]
250
PN 10
12 x M 20
82
71
250
PN 16
12 x M 24
98
85
250
PN 25
12 x M 27
150
134
300
PN 10
12 x M 20
94
81
300
PN 16
12 x M 24
134
118
300
PN 25
16 x M 27
153
138
350
PN 10
16 x M 20
112
118
350
PN 16
16 x M 24
152
165
350
PN 25
16 x M 30
227
252
400
PN 10
16 x M 24
151
167
400
PN 16
16 x M 27
193
215
400
PN 25
16 x M 33
289
326
450
PN 10
20 x M 24
153
133
450
PN 16
20 x M 27
198
196
450
PN 25
20 x M 33
256
253
500
PN 10
20 x M 24
155
171
500
PN 16
20 x M 30
275
300
500
PN 25
20 x M 33
317
360
600
PN 10
20 x M 27
206
219
600 *
PN 16
20 x M 33
415
443
600
PN 25
20 x M 36
431
516
700
PN 10
24 x M 27
246
246
700
PN 16
24 x M 33
278
318
700
PN 25
24 x M 39
449
507
800
PN 10
24 x M 30
331
316
800
PN 16
24 x M 36
369
385
800
PN 25
24 x M 45
664
721
900
PN 10
28 x M 30
316
307
900
PN 16
28 x M 36
353
398
900
PN 25
28 x M 45
690
716
1000
PN 10
28 x M 33
402
405
1000
PN 16
28 x M 39
502
518
1000
PN 25
28 x M 52
970
971
1200
PN 6
32 x M 30
319
299
1200
PN 10
32 x M 36
564
568
1200
PN 16
32 x M 45
701
753
1400
PN 6
36 x M 33
430
398
1400
PN 10
36 x M 39
654
618
1400
PN 16
36 x M 45
729
762
1600
PN 6
40 x M 33
440
417
1600
PN 10
40 x M 45
946
893
1600
PN 16
40 x M 52
1007
1100
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
27
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Promag W
Nominal diameter
EN (DIN)
Pressure rating
Screws
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
[mm]
[bar]
1800
PN 6
44 x M 36
547
521
1800
PN 10
44 x M 45
961
895
1800
PN 16
44 x M 52
1108
1003
2000
PN 6
48 x M 39
629
605
2000
PN 10
48 x M 45
1047
1092
2000
PN 16
48 x M 56
1324
1261
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)
Promag W
Nominal diameter
[mm]
[inch]
[lbs]
25
1"
Class 150
Screws
4 x ½"
5/ "
8
Max. tightening torque [lbf ft]
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
–
5.2
–
5.9
25
1"
Class 300
4x
40
1½"
Class 150
4 x ½"
–
7.4
40
1½"
Class 300
4 x ¾"
–
11
Class 150
5
4 x /8"
–
16
Class 300
5
8 x /8"
–
8
5/ "
8
44
32
50
50
2"
2"
80
3"
Class 150
4x
80
3"
Class 300
8 x ¾"
28
19
5
100
4"
Class 150
8 x /8"
31
23
100
4"
Class 300
8 x ¾"
43
30
150
6"
Class 150
8 x ¾"
58
44
150
6"
Class 300
12 x ¾"
52
38
200
8"
Class 150
8 x ¾"
250
10"
Class 150
79
59
7
74
55
7
12 x /8"
300
12"
Class 150
12 x /8"
98
76
350
14"
Class 150
12 x 1"
100
117
400
16"
Class 150
16 x 1"
94
111
150
173
135
160
198
226
450
28
ANSI
Pressure rating
18"
Class 150
1
16 x 1 /8"
1/
8"
500
20"
Class 150
20 x 1
600
24"
Class 150
20 x 1¼"
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
Promag W
Nominal diameter
JIS
Pressure rating
Screws
[mm]
Endress+Hauser
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
25
10K
4 x M 16
-
19
25
20K
4 x M 16
-
19
32
10K
4 x M 16
-
22
32
20K
4 x M 16
-
22
40
10K
4 x M 16
-
24
40
20K
4 x M 16
-
24
50
10K
4 x M 16
-
33
50
20K
8 x M 16
-
17
65
10K
4 x M 16
55
45
65
20K
8 x M 16
28
23
80
10K
8 x M 16
29
23
80
20K
8 x M 20
42
35
100
10K
8 x M 16
35
29
100
20K
8 x M 20
56
48
125
10K
8 x M 20
60
51
125
20K
8 x M 22
91
79
150
10K
8 x M 20
75
63
150
20K
12 x M 22
81
72
200
10K
12 x M 20
61
52
200
20K
12 x M 22
91
80
250
10K
12 x M 22
100
87
250
20K
12 x M 24
159
144
300
10K
16 x M 22
74
63
300
20K
16 x M 24
138
124
Promag W
Nominal diameter
AWWA
Pressure rating
Screws
Max. tightening torque [lbf ft]
[mm]
[inch]
Hard rubber
Polyurethane
700
28"
Class D
28 x 1¼"
182
215
750
30"
Class D
28 x 1¼"
212
223
800
32"
Class D
28 x 1½"
291
311
900
36"
Class D
32 x 1½"
309
317
1000
40"
Class D
36 x 1½"
310
352
1050
42"
Class D
36 x 1½"
389
382
1200
48"
Class D
44 x 1½"
407
392
1350
54"
Class D
44 x 1¾"
538
467
1500
60"
Class D
52 x 1¾"
559
614
1650
66"
Class D
52 x 1¾"
698
704
1800
72"
Class D
60 x 1¾"
719
802
2000
78"
Class D
64 x 2"
629
580
29
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Promag W
Nominal diameter
AS 2129
Pressure rating
Screws
[mm]
Hard rubber
80
Table E
4 x M 16
49
100
Table E
8 x M 16
38
150
Table E
8 x M 20
64
200
Table E
8 x M 20
96
250
Table E
8 x M 20
98
300
Table E
12 x M 24
123
350
Table E
12 x M 24
203
400
Table E
12 x M 24
226
500
Table E
16 x M 24
271
600
Table E
16 x M 30
439
Promag W
Nominal diameter
AS 4087
Pressure rating
Screws
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
[mm]
30
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
Hard rubber
80
Cl.14
4 x M 16
49
100
Cl.14
8 x M 16
76
150
Cl.14
8 x M 20
52
200
Cl.14
8 x M 20
77
250
Cl.14
8 x M 20
147
300
Cl.14
12 x M 24
103
350
Cl.14
12 x M 24
203
400
Cl.14
12 x M 24
226
500
Cl.14
16 x M 24
271
600
Cl.14
16 x M 30
393
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
3.3.2
"
!
Installation
Installing the Promag P sensor
Caution!
• The protective covers mounted on the two sensor flanges guard the PTFE lining, which is turned
over the flanges. Consequently, do not remove these covers until immediately before installing
the sensor.
• The covers must remain in place while the device is in storage.
• Make sure that the lining is not damaged or removed from the flanges.
Note!
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the customer.
The sensor is designed for installation between the two piping flanges:
• Observe in any case the necessary screw tightening torques → Page 33 ff.
• Information on the installation of additional ground disks → Page 31
a0004296
Fig. 20:
Installing the sensor
Seals
Comply with the following instructions when installing seals:
• Measuring tubes lined with PFA or PTFE → No seals are required.
• In case you use seals with DIN flanges, use only seals according to DIN EN 1514-1.
• Make sure that the seals do not protrude into the piping cross-section.
"
Caution!
Risk of short circuit. Do not use electrically conductive sealing compound such as graphite. An
electrically conductive layer could form on the inside of the measuring tube and short-circuit the
measuring signal.
Ground cable (DN 15 to 600, ½" to 24")
If necessary, a special ground cable for potential matching can be ordered as an accessory
(→ Page 128 ff.). Detailed assembly instructions→ Page 60 ff.
Installation of ground disks (DN 15 to 300, ½" to 12")
"
Endress+Hauser
Depending on the application, e.g. with lined or ungrounded pipes (→ Page 60 ff.), it may be
necessary to mount ground disks between the sensor and the pipe flange for potential matching.
Ground disks can be ordered separately as an accessory from Endress+Hauser → Page 26
Caution!
• In this case, when using ground disks (including seals) the total fitting length increases! All the
dimensions are provided in the separate documentation "Technical information".
• PTFE and PFA lining → only install additional seals between the ground disk and pipe flange.
31
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
1.
Place the ground disk and additional seal(s) between the instrument and the pipe flange (see
Figure).
2.
Insert the bolts through the flange holes. Tighten the nuts so that they are still loose.
3.
Now rotate the ground disk as shown in the Figure until the handle strikes the bolts. This will
center the ground disk automatically.
4.
Tighten the bolts to the required torque. → Page 33 ff.
5.
Connect the ground disk to ground potential. → Page 61
a0004297
Fig. 21:
Assembly with ground disks (Promag P, DN 15 to 300, ½" to 12")
Installing the high-temperature version(with PFA lining)
!
The high-temperature version has a housing support for the thermal separation of sensor and
transmitter. The high-temperature version is always used for applications in which high ambient
temperatures are encountered simultaneously with high fluid temperatures. The high-temperature
version is obligatory if the fluid temperature exceeds +150 °C (+302 °F)!
Note!
Information on permissible temperature ranges → Page 160
Insulation
Pipes generally have to be insulated if they carry very hot fluids to avoid energy losses and prevent
accidental contact with pipes at temperatures that could cause injury. Guidelines regulating the
insulation of pipes have to be taken into account.
"
Caution!
Risk of measuring electronics overheating. The housing support dissipates heat and its entire surface
area must remain uncovered. Make sure that the sensor insulation does not extend past the top of
the two sensor half-shells.
max.
Esc
-
+
E
a0004300
Fig. 22:
32
Promag P (high-temperature version): Insulating the pipe
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
Screw tightening torques (Promag P)
Note the following points:
• The tightening torques listed below are for lubricated threads only.
• Always tighten the screws uniformly and in diagonally opposite sequence.
• Overtightening the fasteners will deform the sealing faces or damage the seals.
• The tightening torques listed below apply only to pipes not subjected to tensile stress.
Endress+Hauser
Promag P
Nominal diameter
EN (DIN)
Pressure rating
[mm]
[bar]
15
PN 40
25
Screws
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
PFA
4 x M 12
11
-
PN 40
4 x M 12
26
20
32
PN 40
4 x M 16
41
35
40
PN 40
4 x M 16
52
47
50
PN 40
4 x M 16
65
59
65 *
PN 16
8 x M 16
43
40
65
PN 40
8 x M 16
43
40
80
PN 16
8 x M 16
53
48
80
PN 40
8 x M 16
53
48
100
PN 16
8 x M 16
57
51
100
PN 40
8 x M 20
78
70
125
PN 16
8 x M 16
75
67
125
PN 40
8 x M 24
111
99
150
PN 16
8 x M 20
99
85
150
PN 40
8 x M 24
136
120
200
PN 10
8 x M 20
141
101
200
PN 16
12 x M 20
94
67
200
PN 25
12 x M 24
138
105
250
PN 10
12 x M 20
110
-
250
PN 16
12 x M 24
131
-
250
PN 25
12 x M 27
200
-
300
PN 10
12 x M 20
125
-
300
PN 16
12 x M 24
179
-
300
PN 25
16 x M 27
204
-
350
PN 10
16 x M 20
188
-
350
PN 16
16 x M 24
254
-
350
PN 25
16 x M 30
380
-
400
PN 10
16 x M 24
260
-
400
PN 16
16 x M 27
330
-
400
PN 25
16 x M 33
488
-
450
PN 10
20 x M 24
235
-
450
PN 16
20 x M 27
300
-
450
PN 25
20 x M 33
385
-
500
PN 10
20 x M 24
265
-
500
PN 16
20 x M 30
448
-
500
PN 25
20 x M 33
533
-
33
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Promag P
Nominal diameter
EN (DIN)
Pressure rating
[mm]
[bar]
600
PN 10
600 *
600
Screws
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
PFA
20 x M 27
345
-
PN 16
20 x M 33
658
-
PN 25
20 x M 36
731
-
* Designed acc. to EN 1092-1 (not to DIN 2501)
Promag P
Nominal diameter
ANSI
Pressure rating
[mm]
[inch]
[lbs]
15
½"
Class 150
15
½"
25
1"
Screws
PTFE
PFA
4 x ½"
4.4
–
Class 300
4 x ½"
4.4
–
Class 150
4 x ½"
8.1
7.4
10
8.9
5/ "
8
25
1"
Class 300
4x
40
1½"
Class 150
4 x ½"
18
15
40
1½"
Class 300
4 x ¾"
50
2"
50
2"
25
23
5/ "
8
35
32
Class 300
5
8 x /8"
17
16
5
Class 150
4x
80
3"
Class 150
4 x /8"
58
49
80
3"
Class 300
8 x ¾"
35
31
5
100
4"
Class 150
8 x /8"
41
37
100
4"
Class 300
8 x ¾"
49
44
150
6"
Class 150
8 x ¾"
78
63
150
6"
Class 300
12 x ¾"
54
49
200
8"
Class 150
8 x ¾"
105
80
Class 150
7/
8"
100
–
250
10"
12 x
7
300
12"
Class 150
12 x /8"
131
–
350
14"
Class 150
12 x 1"
192
–
400
16"
Class 150
16 x 1"
450
18"
Class 150
181
–
1
274
–
1
16 x 1 /8"
500
20"
Class 150
20 x 1 /8"
252
–
600
24"
Class 150
20 x 1¼"
352
–
AS 2129
Pressure rating
Screws
Promag P
Nominal diameter
[mm]
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
25
Table E
4 x M 12
21
50
Table E
4 x M 16
42
Promag P
Nominal diameter
AS 4087
Pressure rating
Screws
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
[mm]
50
34
Max. tightening torque [lbf ft]
PTFE
Cl.14
4 x M 16
42
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
Promag P
Nominal diameter
JIS
Pressure rating
Screws
[mm]
Endress+Hauser
Max. tightening torque [Nm]
PTFE
PFA
15
10K
4 x M 12
16
-
15
20K
4 x M 12
16
-
25
10K
4 x M 16
32
-
25
20K
4 x M 16
32
-
32
10K
4 x M 16
38
-
32
20K
4 x M 16
38
-
40
10K
4 x M 16
41
-
40
20K
4 x M 16
41
-
50
10K
4 x M 16
54
-
50
20K
8 x M 16
27
-
65
10K
4 x M 16
74
-
65
20K
8 x M 16
37
-
80
10K
8 x M 16
38
-
80
20K
8 x M 20
57
-
100
10K
8 x M 16
47
-
100
20K
8 x M 20
75
-
125
10K
8 x M 20
80
-
125
20K
8 x M 22
121
-
150
10K
8 x M 20
99
-
150
20K
12 x M 22
108
-
200
10K
12 x M 20
82
-
200
20K
12 x M 22
121
-
250
10K
12 x M 22
133
-
250
20K
12 x M 24
212
-
300
10K
16 x M 22
99
-
300
20K
16 x M 24
183
-
35
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
3.3.3
Installing the Promag H sensor
The Promag H is supplied to order, with or without pre-installed process connections. Pre-installed
process connections are secured to the sensor with 4 hex-head screws.
"
Caution!
The sensor might require support or additional attachments, depending on the application and the
length of the piping run. When plastic process connections are used, the sensor must be additionally
supported mechanically. A wall-mounting kit can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser as an
accessory. → Page 128
A
C
B
DN 2...25
DN 40...100
a0004301
Fig. 23:
Promag H process connections (DN 2 to 25, DN 40 to 100, 1/12" to 1" / DN 1½" to 4")
A = DN 2 to 25, 1/12" to 1"/process connections with O-ring
Weld nipples (DIN EN ISO 1127, ODT/SMS), flange (EN (DIN), ANSI, JIS), flange PVDF (EN (DIN), ANSI, JIS), external
and internal pipe threads (ISO/DIN), hose connection, PVC adhesive coupling
B = DN 2 to 25, 1/12" to 1"/process connections with aseptic molded seal
Weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT/SMS), Clamp (ISO 2852, DIN 32676, L14 AM7),
threaded connection (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, SMS 1145), flange DIN 11864-2
C = DN 40 to 100, 1½ to 4"/process connections with aseptic molded seal
Weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT/SMS), Clamp (ISO 2852, DIN 32676, L14 AM7),
threaded connection (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, ISO 2853, SMS 1145), flange DIN 11864-2
Seals
When installing the process connections, make sure that the seals are clean and correctly centered.
"
36
Caution!
• With metallic process connections, you must fully tighten the screws. The process connection
forms a metallic connection with the sensor, which ensures a defined compression of the seal.
• With plastic process connections, note the max. torques for lubricated threads (7 Nm / 5.2 lbf ft).
With plastic flanges, always use seals between connection and counter flange.
• The seals must be replaced periodically, depending on the application, particularly in the case of
molded seals (aseptic version)! The period between changes depends on the frequency of cleaning
cycles, the cleaning temperature and the fluid temperature. Replacement seals can be ordered as
accessories. → Page 128
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
Use and installation of ground rings (DN 2 to 25, 1/12" to 1")
If the process connections are made of plastic (e.g. flanges or adhesive couplings), the potential
between the sensor and the fluid must be matched using additional ground rings. If the ground rings
are not installed this can affect the accuracy of the measurements or cause the destruction of the
sensor through the electrochemical erosion of the electrodes.
"
Caution!
• Depending on the option ordered, plastic disks may be installed at the process connections instead
of ground rings. These plastic disks serve only as spacers and have no potential matching function.
In addition, they provide a sealing function at the interface between the sensor and process
connection. For this reason, with process connections without ground rings, these plastic disks/
seals must not be removed, or must always be installed.
• Ground rings can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser as accessories (→ Page 128).
When placing the order, make certain that the ground rings are compatible with the material used
for the electrodes. Otherwise, there is a risk that the electrodes may be destroyed by
electrochemical corrosion! Information on materials → Page 170
• Ground rings, including the seals, are mounted within the process connections. Therefore, the
fitting length is not affected.
1.
Loosen the four hexagon head bolts (1) and remove the process connection from the sensor (4).
2.
Remove the plastic disk (3), including the two O-ring seals (2).
3.
Place one seal (2) in the groove of the process connection.
4.
Place the metal ground ring (3) on the process connection.
5.
Now place the second seal (2) in the groove of the ground ring.
6.
Finally, mount the process connection on the sensor again. With plastic process connections,
note the max. torques for lubricated threads (7 Nm / 5.2 lbf ft).
1
2
3
2
4
a0002651
Fig. 24:
1
2
3
4
Endress+Hauser
Installing ground rings with a Promag H (DN 2 to 25, 1/12" to 1")
Hexagon head bolts of the process connection
O-ring seals
Plastic washer (spacer) or ground ring
Sensor
37
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Welding the transmitter into the piping (weld nipples)
"
!
Caution!
Risk of destroying the measuring electronics. Make sure that the welding machine is not grounded
via the sensor or the transmitter.
1.
Tack-weld the Promag H sensor into the pipe. A suitable welding jig can be ordered separately
from Endress+Hauser as an accessory. → Page 128
2.
Loosen the screws on the process connection flange and remove the sensor including the seal
from the piping.
3.
Weld the process connection into the pipe.
4.
Reinstall the sensor in the pipe. Make sure that everything is clean and that the seal is correctly
seated.
Note!
• If thin-walled foodstuffs pipes are not welded correctly, the heat could damage the installed seal.
It is therefore advisable to remove the sensor and the seal prior to welding.
• The pipe has to be spread approximately 8 mm (0.31 in) to permit disassembly.
Cleaning with pigs
When using pigs for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of the measuring tube and
process connection into account. All the dimensions and lengths of the sensor and transmitter are
provided in the separate documentation "Technical information".
3.3.4
Turning the transmitterhousing
Turning the aluminum field housing
#
Warning!
The turning mechanism in devices with EEx d/de or FM/CSA Cl. I Div. 1 classification is not the
same as that described here. The procedure for turning these housings is described in the Ex-specific
documentation.
1.
Loosen the two securing screws.
2.
Turn the bayonet catch as far as it will go.
3.
Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go.
4.
Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 x 90° in either direction).
5.
Lower the housing into position and reengage the bayonet catch.
6.
Retighten the two securing screws.
4
2
5
1
3
6
a0004302
Fig. 25:
38
Turning the transmitter housing (aluminum field housing)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
Turning the stainless steel field housing
1.
Loosen the two securing screws.
2.
Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go.
3.
Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 x 90° in either direction).
4.
Lower the housing into position.
5.
Retighten the two securing screws.
3
4
1
2
5
a0004303
Fig. 26:
3.3.5
Turning the transmitter housing (stainless steel field housing)
Turning the local display
1.
Unscrew the cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
2.
Press the side latches on the display module and remove the module from the electronics
compartment cover plate.
3.
Turn the display to the desired position (max. 4 x 45° in both directions), and reset it onto the
electronics compartment cover plate.
4.
Screw the cover of the electronics compartment firmly back onto the transmitter housing.
4 x 45°
A0003236
Fig. 27:
Endress+Hauser
Turning the local display (field housing)
39
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
3.3.6
Installing the wall-mount housing
There are various ways of installing the wall-mount housing:
"
• Mounted directly on the wall
• Installation in control panel (separate mounting set, accessories)→ Page 41
• Pipe mounting (separate mounting set, accessories) → Page 41
Caution!
• Make sure that ambient temperature does not exceed the permissible range
(-20 to +60°C, optional: -40 to +60°C). Install the device in a location that is in the shade. Avoid
direct sunlight.
• Always install the wall-mount housing in such a way that the cable entries are pointing down.
Mounted directly on the wall
1.
Drill the holes as illustrated in the diagram.
2.
Remove the cover of the connection compartment (a).
3.
Push the two securing screws (b) through the appropriate bores (c) in the housing.
– Securing screws (M6): max. Ø 6.5 mm (0.26 in)
– Screw head: max. Ø 10.5 mm (0.41 in)
4.
Secure the transmitter housing to the wall as indicated.
5.
Screw the cover of the connection compartment (a) firmly onto the housing.
35 (1.38)
b
c
81.5 (3.2)
c
a
90 (3.54)
192 (7.56)
mm (inch)
a0001130
Fig. 28:
40
Mounted directly on the wall
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Installation
Panel mounting
1.
Prepare the opening in the panel as illustrated in the diagram.
2.
Slide the housing into the opening in the panel from the front.
3.
Screw the fasteners onto the wall-mount housing.
4.
Screw threaded rods into holders and tighten until
the housing is solidly seated on the panel wall. Afterwards, tighten the locking nuts.
Additional support is not necessary.
210 (8.27)
+0.5 (+0.019)
–0.5 (–0.019)
245 (9.65)
mm (inch)
+0.5 (+0.019)
–0.5 (–0.019)
~110 (~4.33)
a0001131
Fig. 29:
Panel mounting (wall-mount housing)
Pipe mounting
The assembly should be performed by following the instructions in the diagram.
"
Caution!
If a warm pipe is used for installation, make sure that
the housing temperature does not exceed the max. permitted value of +60 °C (+140 °F).
Ø 20…70
(Ø 0.79…2.75)
~155 (~ 6.1)
mm (inch)
a0001132
Fig. 30:
Endress+Hauser
Pipe mounting (wall-mount housing)
41
Installation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
3.4
Post-installation check
Perform the following checks after installing the measuring device in the pipe:
42
Device condition/specifications
Notes
Is the device damaged (visual inspection)?
-
Does the device correspond to specifications at the measuring point, including
process temperature and pressure, ambient temperature, minimum fluid
conductivity, measuring range, etc.?
→ Page 156 ff.
Installation
Notes
Does the arrow on the sensor nameplate match the direction of flow through the
pipe?
-
Is the position of the measuring electrode plane correct?
level?
Is the position of the Empty Pipe Detection (EPD) electrode correct?
→ Page 17
Were all screws tightened to the specified torques when the sensor was installed?
→ Chap. 3.3
Were the correct seals installed (type, material, installation)?
Promag W→ Page 25
Promag P→ Page 31
Promag H→ Page 36
Are the measuring point number and labeling correct (visual inspection)?
-
Process environment/process conditions
Notes
Are the inlet and outlet runs respected?
Inlet run: ≥ 5 x DN
Outlet run: ≥ 2 x DN
Is the measuring device protected against moisture and direct sunlight?
-
Is the sensor adequately protected against vibration (attachment, support)?
Acceleration up to 2 g by
analogy with IEC 600 68-2-6
→ Page 160
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
4
#
!
Wiring
Wiring
Warning!
When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific supplement to
this Operating Manual. Please do not hesitate to contact your Endress+Hauser sales office if you
have any questions.
Note!
The device does not have an internal power switch. For this reason, assign the device a switch or
power-circuit breaker which can be used to disconnect the power supply line from the power grid.
4.1
4.1.1
PROFIBUS cable specifications
PROFIBUS DP cable specification
Cable type
Two versions of the bus line are specified in IEC 61158. Cable type A can be used for all
transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s. Please refer to the table for the cable parameters:
Cable type A
Characteristic impedance
135 to 165 Ω at a measuring frequency of 3 to 20 MHz
Cable capacitance
< 30 pF/m
Core cross-section
>0.34 mm2, corresponds to AWG 22
Cable type
Twisted in pairs, 1 x 2, 2 x 2 or 1 x 4 wire
Loop-resistance
110 Ω/km
Signal damping
Max. 9 dB over the entire length of the cable section
Shielding
Copper braided shielding or braided shielding and foil shielding
Bus structure
Note the following points:
• The maximum line length (segment length) depends on the transmission rate.
For cable type A, the maximum line length (segment length) is as follows:
Transmission rate [kBit/s]
9.6 to 93.75
187.5
500
1500
300 to 12000
Line length [m] ([inch])
1200 (4000)
1000 (3300)
400 (1300)
200(650)
100(330)
• A maximum of 32 users are permitted per segment.
• Each segment is terminated at either end with a terminating resistor.
• The bus length or the number of users can be increased by introducing a repeater.
• The first and last segment can comprise max. 31 devices.
The segments between the repeaters can comprise max. 30 stations.
• The maximum distance between two bus users can be calculated as follows: (NO_REP + 1) x
segment length
! Note!
NO_REP = maximum number of repeaters that may be switched in series depending on the
repeater in question.
Example
In accordance with manufacturer specifications, 9 repeaters can be switched in series when using
a standard line. The maximum distance between two bus users at a transmission rate of
1.5 MBit/s can be calculated as follows: (9 + 1) x 200 m = 2000 m
Endress+Hauser
43
Wiring
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Spurs
Note the following points:
• Length of spurs < 6.6 m (21.7 ft) (at max.1.5 MBit/s)
• No spurs should be used for transmission rates >1.5 MBit/s. The line between the connector and
the bus driver is described as a spur. Experience has shown that you should proceed with caution
when configuring spurs. For this reason, you cannot assume that the sum of all spurs at
1.5 MBit/s will be 6.6 m (21.7 ft). This is affected greatly by the arrangement of the field devices.
Therefore, we recommend that if possible, you do not use any spurs at transmission rates
>1.5 MBit/s.
• If you cannot avoid using spurs, then they may not include any bus terminators.
Bus termination
It is important to terminate the RS485 line correctly at the start and end of the bus segment, since
impedance mismatch results in reflections on the line which can cause faulty data
transmission.→ Page 78
Further information
General information and further notes regarding the wiring are contained in BA034S/04:
"Guidelines for planning and commissioning, PROFIBUS DP/PA, field communication."
4.1.2
PROFIBUS PA cable specification
Cable type
Twin-core cables are recommended for connecting the device to the fieldbus. Following IEC
61158-2 (MBP), four different cable types (A, B, C, D) can be used with the fieldbus, only two of
which (cable types A and B) are shielded.
• Cable types A or B are particularly preferable for new installations. Only these types have cable
shielding that guarantees adequate protection from electromagnetic interference and thus the
most reliable data transfer. In the case of type B multi-pair cables, multiple fieldbuses with the
same degree of protection may be operated on one cable. No other circuits are permissible in the
same cable.
• Practical experience has shown that cable types C and D should not be used due to the lack of
shielding, since the freedom from interference generally does not meet the requirements
described in the standard.
The electrical data of the fieldbus cable have not been specified but determine important
characteristics of the design of the fieldbus, such as distances bridged, number of users,
electromagnetic compatibility etc.
Type A
Type B
Cable structure
Twisted pair,
shielded
One or more twisted pairs, fully shielded
Wire cross-section
0.8 mm2 (AWG 18)
0.32 mm2 (AWG 22)
Loop-resistance (DC)
44 Ω/km
112 Ω/km
Characteristic impedance at 31.25 kHz
100 Ω ± 20%
100 Ω ± 30%
Attenuation constant at 39 kHz
3 dB/km
5 dB/km
Capacitive asymmetry
2 nF/km
2 nF/km
Envelope delay distortion (7.9 to 39 kHz)
1.7 μs/km
*
Shield coverage
90%
*
Max. cable length (incl. spurs >1 m (> 3 ft)) 1900 m (6200 ft)
1200 m (4000 ft)
* Not specified
44
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Wiring
Suitable fieldbus cables from various manufacturers for non-hazardous areas are listed below:
• Siemens: 6XV1 830-5BH10
• Belden: 3076F
• Kerpen: CeL-PE/OSCR/PVC/FRLA FB-02YS(ST)YFL
Maximum overall cable length
The maximum network expansion depends on the type of explosion protection and the cable
specifications. The overall cable length combines the length of the main cable and the length of all
spurs (>1 m) (>3 ft).
Note the following points:
• The maximum permissible overall cable length depends on the cable type used:
Type A
1900 m
6200 ft
Type B
1200 m
4000 ft
• If repeaters are used, the maximum permissible cable length is doubled.
A maximum of three repeaters are permitted between user and master.
Maximum spur length
The line between the distribution box and field device is described as a spur.
In the case of non-Ex applications, the max. length of a spur depends on the number of
spurs (>1 m):
Number of spurs
1 to 12
13 to 14
15 to 18
19 to 24
25 to 32
[m]
120
90
60
30
1
[ft]
400
300
200
100
3
Max. length per spur
Number of field devices
In systems that meet FISCO with EEx ia type of protection, the line length is limited to
max. 1000 m (3280 in) . A maximum of 32 users per segment in non-Ex areas or a maximum of
10 users in an Ex-area (EEx ia IIC) is possible. The actual number of users must be determined
during configuration.
Bus termination
The start and end of each fieldbus segment are always to be terminated with a bus terminator. With
various junction boxes (non-Ex), the bus termination can be activated via a switch. If this is not the
case, a separate bus terminator must be installed.
Note the following points:
• In the case of a branched bus segment, the device furthest from the segment coupler represents
the end of the bus.
• If the fieldbus is extended with a repeater then the extension must also be terminated at both
ends.
Further information
General information and further notes regarding the wiring are contained in BA034S/04:
"Guidelines for planning and commissioning, PROFIBUS DP/PA, field communication."
Endress+Hauser
45
Wiring
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
4.1.3
Shielding and grounding
When planning the shielding and grounding for a fieldbus system, there are three important points
to consider:
• Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
• Explosion protection
• Safety of the personnel
To ensure the optimum electromagnetic compatibility of systems, it is important that the system
components and above all the cables, which connect the components, are shielded and that no
portion of the system is unshielded. Ideally, the cable shields are connected to the normally metal
housings of the connected field devices. Since these are generally connected to the protective
ground, the shield of the bus cable is grounded many times. Keep the stripped and twisted lengths
of cable shield to the terminals as short as possible.
This approach, which provides the best electromagnetic compatibility and personal safety, can be
used without restriction in systems with good potential matching.
In the case of systems without potential matching, a power supply frequency (50 Hz) equalizing
current can flow between two grounding points which, in unfavorable cases, e.g. when it exceeds
the permissible shield current, may destroy the cable.
To suppress the low frequency equalizing currents on systems without potential matching, it is
therefore recommended to connect the cable shield directly to the building ground (or protective
ground) at one end only and to use capacitive coupling to connect all other grounding points.
"
46
Caution!
The legal EMC requirements are fulfilled only when the cable shield is grounded on both sides!
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Wiring
4.2
#
Connecting the remote version
Warnung!
If you use remote versions, connect each sensor only to the transmitter having the same serial
number. Measuring errors can occur if the devices are not connected in this way.
4.2.1
#
Connecting Promag W/P/H
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock. Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not install or
wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply with this precaution
can result in irreparable damage to parts of the electronics.
• Risk of electric shock. Connect the protective ground to the ground terminal on the housing
before the power supply is applied.
Procedure (Fig. 31, Fig. 32):
1.
Transmitter: Loosen the screws and remove the cover (a) from the connection compartment.
2.
Sensor: Remove the cover (b) from the connection housing.
3.
Feed the signal cable (c) and the coil current cable (d) through the appropriate cable entries.
" Caution!
– Make sure the connecting cables are secured. → Page 24
– Risk of damaging the coil driver. Only connect or disconnect the coil cable once the power
supply has been switched off.
4.
Terminate the signal cable and the coil current cable:
Promag W, P → Refer to the information on Page 49
Promag H → Refer to the information on Page 50
5.
Establish the connections between sensor and transmitter in accordance with the wiring
diagram:
→ Fig. 31, Fig. 32
→ wiring diagram inside the cover
" Caution!
Insulate the shields of cables that are not connected to eliminate the risk of short-circuits with
neighboring cable shields inside the sensor connection housing.
Endress+Hauser
6.
Transmitter: Secure the cover (a) on the connection compartment.
7.
Sensor: Secure the cover (b) on the connection housing.
47
Wiring
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Electrode circuit
Coil circuit
Meas.signal Pipe EPD
S1 E1 E2 S2GND E S
a
6
5
7
4 37 36
8
42 41
2
1
d
c
b
n.c.
n.c.
5
7
n.c.
4 37
42 41
E1 E2 GND E
a0004323-en
Fig. 31:
Connecting the remote version of Promag W/P
a
Connection compartment of wall-mount housing
b
Connection compartment cover of sensor
c
Signal cable
d
Coil current cable
n.c. Not connected, insulated cable shields
Terminal no.: 6/5 = brown; 7/8 = white; 4 = green; 37 = yellow
Coil circuit
Electrode circuit
Meas. signal Pipe EPD
S1 E1 E2 S2GND E S
6
a
5
7
8
4 37 36
42 41
2
1
d
c
b
n.c.
n.c.
5
7
n.c.
4 37
42 41
E1 E2 GND E
DN 40 to 100
(1/12" to 1")
DN 2 to 25
(1½" to 4")
a0004321-en
Fig. 32:
Connecting the remote version of Promag H
a
Connection compartment of wall-mount housing
b
Connection compartment cover of sensor
c
Signal cable
d
Coil current cable
n.c. Not connected, insulated cable shields
Terminal no.: 6/5 = brown; 7/8 = white; 4 = green; 37 = yellow
48
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Wiring
Cable termination on the remote version
Promag W / Promag P
Terminate the signal and coil current cables as shown in the figure below (Detail A).
Fit the fine-wire cores with wire end ferrules (Detail B).
Caution!
"When fitting
the connectors, pay attention to the following points:
• Signal cable → Make sure that the wire end ferrules do not touch the wire shield on the sensor side.
Minimum distance = 1 mm / 0.04 in (exception "GND" = green cable)
• Coil current cable → Insulate one core of the three-core cable at the level of the core reinforcement; you only need two cores for the connection.
TRANSMITTER
Signal cable
mm (inch)
Coil current cable
100 (3.94)*
mm (inch)
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
8 (0.31)
90 (3.54)*
70 (2.76)
50 (1.97)
8 (0.31)
50 (1.97)
10 (0.39)
A
m
m
n
m
n
m
n
A
m
m
GND
n
m
B
B
a0002687-ae
a0002688-ae
SENSOR
Signal cable
20 (0.79)*
170 (6.69)*
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
50 (1.97)
8 (0.31)
Coil current cable
mm (inch)
20 (0.79)*
160 (6.30)*
mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
50 (1.97)
10 (0.39)
8 (0.31)
A
A
m
n
m
³1 (0.04)
m
n
GND
n
B
m
B
m
A0002650-ae
A0002646-ae
m = Red cable sleeve, Ø 1.0 mm (0.04")
n = White cable sleeve, Ø 0.5 mm (0.02")
* = Stripping for armored cables only
Endress+Hauser
49
Wiring
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Cable termination on the remote version
Promag H
Terminate the signal and coil current cables as shown in the figure below (Detail A).
Fit the fine-wire cores with cable end sleeves (Detail B).
"
Caution!
When fitting the connectors, pay attention to the following points:
• Signal cable → Make sure that the cable end ferrules do not touch the wire shield on the sensor side.
Minimum distance = 1 mm / 0.04 in (exception "GND" = green cable).
• Coil current cable → Insulate one core of the three-core cable at the level of the core reinforcement; you only need two cores for the connection.
• On the sensor side, reverse both cable shields approx. 15 mm over the outer jacket. The strain relief ensures an electrical connection with the connection
housing.
TRANSMITTER
Signal cable
Coil current cable
80 (3.15)
17 (0.67)
50 (1.97)
70 (2.76)
mm (inch)
8 (0.31)
50 (1.97)
8 (0.31)
10 (0.39)
A
A
m
m
n
m
n
m
n
mm (inch)
m
m
GND
n
m
B
A0002686-ae
B
A0002684-ae
SENSOR
Signal cable
Coil current cable
80 (3.15)
70 (2.76)
17 (0.67)
8 (0.31)
15 (0.59)
15 (0.59) 40 (1.57)
8 (0.31)
A
A
1(0.04)
n
B
m
n
GND
m
n
m
B
mm (inch)
A0002647-ae
mm (inch)
A0002648-ae
m = Red cable sleeve, Ø 1.0 mm (0.04")
n = White cable sleeve, Ø 0.5 mm (0.02")
50
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
4.2.2
Wiring
Cable specifications
Coil cable
• 2 x 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG) PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (∅ ∼ 7 mm / 0.28")
• Conductor resistance: ≤37 Ω/km (≤0.011 Ω/ft)
• Capacitance: core/core, shield grounded: ≤120 pF/m (≤37 pF/ft)
• Operating temperature:
– Cable not permanently routed: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to + 176 °F)
– Cable permanently routed: –40 to +80 °C (–40 to + 176 °F)
• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
Signal cable
• 3 x 0.38 mm2 (20 AWG) PVC cable with common, braided copper shield (∅ ∼ 7 mm / 0.28")
and individually shielded cores
• With Empty Pipe Detection (EPD): 4 x 0.38 mm2 (20 AWG) PVC cable with common, braided
copper shield (∅ ∼ 7 mm / 0.28") and individually shielded cores
• Conductor resistance: ≤50 Ω/km (≤0.015 Ω/ft)
• Capacitance: core/shield: ≤420 pF/m (≤128 pF/ft)
• Operating temperature:
– Cable not permanently routed: –20 to +80 °C (–4 to + 176 °F)
– Cable permanently routed: –40 to +80 °C (–40 to + 176 °F)
• Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
b
a0003194
Fig. 33:
Cable cross-section
a = Signal cable b = Coil current cable
1 = Core, 2 = Core insulation, 3 = Core shield, 4 = Core jacket, 5 = Core reinforcement, 6 = Cable shield,
7 = Outer jacket
As an option, Endress+Hauser can also deliver reinforced connecting cables with an additional,
reinforcing metal braid. We recommend such cables for the following cases:
• Directly buried cable
• Cables endangered by rodents
• Device operation which should comply with the IP 68 standard of protection
Operation in zones of severe electrical interference
The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with
EN 61010-1, the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326, and NAMUR recommendation NE 21.
"
Endress+Hauser
Caution!
Grounding is by means of the ground terminals provided for the purpose inside the connection
housing. Keep the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield to the terminals as short as possible.
51
Wiring
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
!
4.3
Connecting the measuring unit
4.3.1
Terminal assignment
Note!
The electrical characteristic quantities are listed in the "Technical data" section.
PROFIBUS DP
"
Caution!
Only certain combinations of submodules (see Table) on the I/O board are permissible. The
individual slots are also marked and assigned to the following terminals in the connection
compartment of the transmitter:
• "INPUT / OUTPUT 3" slot = terminals 22/23
• "INPUT / OUTPUT 4" slot = terminals 20/21
Terminal No. (inputs/outputs)
Order version
20 (+) / 21 (-)
Submodule on
slot No. 4
22 (+) / 23 (-)
Submodule on
slot No. 3
24 (+) / 25 (-)
Fixed on
I/O board
26 = B (RxD/TxD-P)
27 = A (RxD/TxD-N)
Fixed on I/O board
53***-***********J
-
-
+5V(ext. termination)
PROFIBUS DP
53***-***********V
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Status input
PROFIBUS DP
53***-***********P
Current output
Frequency output
Status input
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS PA
Terminal No. (inputs/outputs)
Order version
20 (+) / 21 (-)
22 (+) / 23 (-)
24 (+) / 25 (-)
26 = PA + 1)
27 = PA - 1)
53***-***********F
-
-
-
PROFIBUS PA, Ex i
53***-***********H
-
-
-
PROFIBUS PA
1)With
52
integrated reverse polarity protection
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Wiring
4.3.2
#
Transmitter connection
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock. Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not install or
wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply with this precaution
can result in irreparable damage to parts of the electronics.
• Risk of electric shock. Connect the protective ground to the ground terminal on the housing
before the power supply is applied (not required for galvanically isolated power supply).
• Compare the specifications on the nameplate with the local supply voltage and frequency. The
national regulations governing the installation of electrical equipment also apply.
1.
Unscrew the connection compartment cover (a) from the transmitter housing.
2.
Feed the power supply cable (b), the signal cable (d) and the fieldbus cable (e) through the
appropriate cable entries.
3.
Perform wiring in accordance with the respective terminal assignment and the associated
wiring diagram.
" Caution!
– Risk of damage to the fieldbus cable!
Observe the information about shielding and grounding the fieldbus cable. → Page 46
– We recommend that the fieldbus cable not be looped using conventional cable glands. If you
later replace even just one measuring device, the bus communication will have to be
interrupted.
4.
Endress+Hauser
Screw the cover of the connection compartment (a) back onto the transmitter housing.
53
Wiring
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
4.3.3
PROFIBUS DP connection diagram
Permanent assignment board (order version 53***-***********J)
d
g
A
b
C
a
d
g
B
a
b
b
g
d
+5 V
DGND
B (RxD/TxD-P)
A (RxD/TxD-N)
N (L–)
L1 (L+)
A (RxD/TxD-N)
B (RxD/TxD-P)
DGND
+5 V
f
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
d
f
e
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
1 2
g
c
b
b
c
g
e
d
a0002308
Fig. 34:
A
B
C
View A (field housing)
View B (stainless steel field housing)
View C (wall-mount housing)
a
b
Connection compartment cover
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Ground terminal for protective conductor
Fieldbus cable
Terminal No. 26: B (RxD/TxD-P)
Terminal No. 27: A (RxD/TxD-N)
Ground terminal for fieldbus cable shield
Observe the following:
– the shielding and grounding of the fieldbus cable → Page 46
– that the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield to the ground terminal are as short as possible
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Cable for external termination:
Terminal No. 24: +5 V
Terminal No. 25: DGND
c
d
e
f
g
54
Connecting the transmitter, cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Wiring
Flexible assignment boards (order version 53***-***********V and 53**************P)
d
g
A
b
C
a
d
g
B
a
b
A (RxD/TxD-N)
B (RxD/TxD-P)
–
+
f
–
+
–
+
b
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
g
d
N (L–)
B (RxD/TxD-P)
L1 (L+)
A (RxD/TxD-N)
d
+ – + – + –
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
1 2
f
e
g
c
b
b
c
g
e
d
a0002591
Fig. 35:
A
B
C
View A (field housing)
View B (stainless steel field housing)
View C (wall-mount housing)
a
b
Connection compartment cover
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Ground terminal for protective conductor
Fieldbus cable
Terminal No. 26: B (RxD/TxD-P)
Terminal No. 27: A (RxD/TxD-N)
Ground terminal for signal cable shield/fieldbus cable shield
Observe the following:
– the shielding and grounding of the fieldbus cable → Page 46
– that the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield to the ground terminal are as short as possible
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Signal cable: see Terminal assignment → Page 52
c
d
e
f
g
Endress+Hauser
Connecting the transmitter, cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
55
Wiring
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
4.3.4
PROFIBUS PA connection diagram
Permanent assignment boards (order version 53***-***********F and
53***-***********H)
d
A
b
C
a
d
B
b
a
b
PA – 27
PA + 26
f
d
N (L–)
L1 (L+)
25
24
23
22
21
20
d
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
c
PA +
PA –
f
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
1 2
e
b
b
c
e
d
a0002593
Fig. 36:
A
B
C
View A (field housing)
View B (stainless steel field housing)
View C (wall-mount housing)
a
b
Connection compartment cover
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Ground terminal for protective conductor
Fieldbus cable:
Terminal No. 26: PA + (with reverse polarity protection)
Terminal No. 27: PA - (with reverse polarity protection)
Ground terminal for fieldbus cable shield
Observe the following:
– the shielding and grounding of the fieldbus cable → Page 46
– that the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield to the ground terminal are as short as possible
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
c
d
e
f
56
Connecting the transmitter, cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Wiring
Fieldbus connector
!
Note!
The connector can only be used for PROFIBUS PA devices.
The connection technology of PROFIBUS PA allows measuring devices to be connected to the
fieldbus via uniform mechanical connections such as T-boxes, distribution modules etc.
This connection technology, which uses prefabricated distribution modules and plug-in connectors,
offers substantial advantages over conventional wiring:
• Field devices can be removed, replaced or added at any time during normal operation.
Communication is not interrupted.
• Installation and maintenance are significantly easier.
• Existing cable infrastructures can be used and expanded instantly, e.g. when constructing new
star distributors using 4-channel or 8-channel distribution modules.
The device can therefore be supplied with the option of a ready-mounted fieldbus connector.
Fieldbus connectors for retrofitting can be ordered from Endress+Hauser as a spare
part.→ Page 127
A
B
C
D
E
Esc
-
+
E
E
D
C
F
4
45.0 (1.77)
150/300
(5.91/11.81)
3
G
4
3
5
1
2
7
M 12 x 1
PG 13.5
1
2
6
mm (inch)
A0005999
Fig. 37:
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Connectors for connecting to the PROFIBUS PA
Aluminum field housing
Stainless steel field housing
Protection cap for connector
Fieldbus connector
Adapter PG 13.5 / M 20.5
Connector at housing (male)
Female connector
Pin assignment/color codes:
1
Brown wire: PA + (terminal 26)
2
Not connected
3
Blue wire: PA - (terminal 27)
4
Black wire: ground (instructions for connection → Page 54 ff.)
5
Middle female connector not assigned
6
Positioning groove
7
Positioning key
Endress+Hauser
57
Wiring
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Technical data (fieldbus connector):
Connection cross section
0.75 mm2 (19 AWG )
Connector thread
PG 13.5
Degree of protection
IP 67 in accordance with DIN 40 050 IEC 529
Contact surface
CuZnAu
Housing material
Cu Zn, surface Ni
Flammability
V - 2 in accordance with UL - 94
Operating temperature
–40 to +85 °C, (–40 to +185 °F)
Ambient temperature
–40 to +150 °C, (–40 to +302 °F)
Nominal current per
contact
3A
Nominal voltage
125 to 150 V DC in accordance with the VDE Standard 01 10/ISO Group 10
Resistance to tracking
KC 600
Volume resistance
≤ 8 mΩ in accordance with IEC 512 Part 2
Insulation resistance
≤ 1012 Ω in accordance with IEC 512 Part 2
Shielding of the supply line/T-box
Use cable glands with good EMC properties, with surrounding contact of the cable gland (iris
spring). This requires small differences in potential, and possibly potential matching.
• Do not interrupt the shielding of the PA cable.
• Always keep the connection of the shielding as short as possible.
Ideally, cable glands with iris springs should be used for the connection of the shielding. The shield
is placed on the T-box via the iris spring that is inside the cable gland. The shielding mesh is located
under the iris spring. When the PG thread is screwed closed, the iris spring is pressed onto the
shield, making a conductive connection between the shielding and the metal housing.
A junction box or connection is to be considered part of the shielding (Faraday cage). This is
particularly true for offset boxes when these are connected to a PROFIBUS PA measuring device
using a plug-in cable. In such a case, use a metallic plug in which the cable shielding is attached to
the plug housing (such as prefabricated cables).
58
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Wiring
4.4
Potential matching
4.4.1
Standard case
Perfect measurement is only ensured when the medium and the sensor have the same electrical
potential. Most Promag sensors have a standard installed reference electrode, which guarantees the
required potential matching. This usually means that additional potential matching measures are
unnecessary.
Promag W:
Reference electrode is standard
Promag P:
• Reference electrode is standard for electrode materials 1.4435, Alloy C-22 and tantalum.
• Reference electrode is optional for electrode material Pt/Rh.
!
Promag H:
• No reference electrode. The metallic process connection provides a permanent electrical
connection to the fluid.
• If the process connections are made of a synthetic material, ground rings have to be used to ensure
that potential is matched (→ Page 37). Ground rings can be ordered separately as accessories
from Endress+Hauser. → Page 128
Note!
For installation in metal pipes, it is advisable to connect the ground terminal of the transmitter
housing to the piping. Also, observe company-internal grounding guidelines.
a0004375
Fig. 38:
"
Endress+Hauser
Potential matching by means of the transmitter's ground terminal
Caution!
For sensors without reference electrodes or without metal process terminals, carry out potential
matching as per the instructions for special cases described below. These special measures are
particularly important when standard grounding practice cannot be ensured or extremely strong
matching currents are expected.
59
Wiring
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
4.4.2
Special cases
Metal, ungrounded piping
"
!
In order to prevent outside influences on measurement, it is advisable to use ground cables to
connect each sensor flange to its corresponding pipe flange and ground the flanges. Connect the
transmitter or sensor connection housing, as applicable, to ground potential by means of the ground
terminal provided for the purpose (see Figure).
The ground cable for flange-to-flange connections can be ordered separately as an accessory from
Endress+Hauser → Page 128:
Caution!
Also, observe company-internal grounding guidelines.
Note!
• DN ≤ 300 (12"): The ground cable is in direct connection with the conductive flange coating and
is secured by the flange screws.
• DN ≥ 350 (14"): The ground cable connects directly to the metal transport bracket.
A
B
a0004376
Fig. 39:
A
B
60
Potential matching with equalizing currents in metallic, non-grounded piping systems
(ground cable: copper wire, at least 6 mm2/10 AWG)
Installing ground cable at DN ≤ 300 (12")
Installing ground cable at DN ≥ 350 (14")
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Wiring
Plastic or insulated lined pipes
Normally, potential is matched using the reference electrodes in the measuring tube. However, in
exceptional cases it is possible that, due to the grounding plan of a system, large matching currents
flow over the reference electrodes. This can lead to destruction of the sensor, e.g. through
electrochemical decomposition of the electrodes. In such cases, e.g. for fiberglass or PVC piping, it
is recommended that you use additional ground disks for potential matching.
Mounting of ground disks→ Page 25, Page 31
"
Caution!
• Risk of damage by electrochemical corrosion. Note the electrochemical series if the ground disks
and measuring electrodes consist of different materials.
• Also, observe company-internal grounding guidelines.
a0004377
Fig. 40:
Potential matching/ground disks with plastic pipes or insulated lined pipes
(ground cable: copper wire, at least 6 mm2/10 AWG)
Pipes equipped with cathodic protection
In such cases, install the measuring device without potential in the piping:
• When installing the measuring device, make sure that there is an electrical connection between
the two piping runs (copper wire, 6 mm2 /10 AWG).
• Make sure that the installation materials do not establish a conductive connection to the
measuring device and that the installation materials withstand the tightening torques applied
when the screws are tightened.
• Also comply with the regulations applicable to potential-free installation.
2
2
1
a0004378
Fig. 41:
1
2
Endress+Hauser
Potential matching and cathodic protection (ground cable: copper wire, at least 6 mm2/10 AWG)
Isolation transformer Power supply
Electrically isolated
61
Wiring
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
4.5
Degree of protection
The devices fulfill all the requirements for IP 67.
Compliance with the following points is mandatory following installation in the field or servicing,
in order to ensure that IP 67 protection is maintained:
• The housing seals must be clean and undamaged when inserted into their grooves. The seals must
be dried, cleaned or replaced if necessary.
• All screws and screw covers must be firmly tightened.
• The cables used for connection must be of the specified outside diameter.→ Page 158
• Firmly tighten the cable entries.
• The cables must loop down before they enter the cable entries ("water trap"). This arrangement
prevents moisture penetrating the entry. Always install the measuring device in such a way that
the cable entries do not point up.
• Remove all unused cable entries and insert plugs instead.
• Do not remove the grommet from the cable entry.
a
b
a0001914
Fig. 42:
"
!
62
Installation instructions, cable entries
Caution!
Do not loosen the screws of the sensor housing, as otherwise the degree of protection guaranteed
by Endress+Hauser no longer applies.
Note!
The Promag W and Promag P sensors can be supplied with IP 68 rating (permanent immersion in
water to a depth of 3 meters (10 ft)). In this case the transmitter must be installed remote from the
sensor.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
4.6
Wiring
Post-connection check
Perform the following checks after completing electrical installation of the measuring device:
Endress+Hauser
Device condition and specifications
Notes
Are cables or the device damaged (visual inspection)?
-
Electrical connection
Notes
Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate?
85 to 260 V AC (45 to 65 Hz)
20 to 55 V AC (45 to 65 Hz)
16 to 62 V DC
Do the cables comply with the specifications?
PROFIBUS DP → Page 43
PROFIBUS PA→ Page 44
Sensor cable → Page 51
Do the cables have adequate strain relief?
-
Cables correctly segregated by type?
Without loops and crossovers?
-
Are the power supply and signal cables correctly connected?
See the wiring diagram inside
the cover of the connection
compartment
Are all screw terminals firmly tightened?
-
Have the measures for grounding and potential matching been correctly
implemented?
→ Page 59
Are all cable entries installed, firmly tightened and correctly sealed?
Cables looped as "water traps"?
→ Page 62
Are all housing covers installed and firmly tightened?
-
Electrical connection of PROFIBUS DP/PA
Notes
Are all the connecting components (T-boxes, junction boxes, connectors, etc.)
connected to each other correctly?
-
Has each fieldbus segment been terminated at both ends with a bus terminator?
PROFIBUS DP → Seite 78
Has the max. length of the fieldbus cable been observed in accordance with the
PROFIBUS specifications?
PROFIBUS DP → Page 43
PROFIBUS PA→ Page 45
Has the max. length of the spurs been observed in accordance with the PROFIBUS
specifications?
PROFIBUS DP → Page 44
PROFIBUS PA→ Page 45
Is the fieldbus cable fully shielded and correctly grounded?
→ Page 46
63
Operation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5
Operation
5.1
Quick operation guide
The user has a number of options for configuring and commissioning the device:
1.
Local display (option)→ Page 65
The local display enables you to read all important variables directly at the measuring point,
configure device-specific parameters in the field and perform commissioning.
2.
Configuration programs→ Page 73
The configuration of profile and device-specific parameters is primarily done via the PROFIBUS
interface. You can obtain special configuration and operating programs from various
manufacturers for these purposes.
3.
Jumpers/miniature switches for hardware settings
– PROFIBUS DP → Page 76
– PROFIBUS PA→ Page 81
You can make the following hardware settings using a jumper or miniature switches on the I/
O board:
• Address mode configuration (select software or hardware addressing)
• Device bus address configuration (for hardware addressing)
• Hardware write protection enabling/disabling
!
Note!
A description of the configuration of the current output (active/passive) and the relay output
(NC contact/NO contact) is contained in the "Hardware settings" section. → Page 79
2B
2A
FXA193
Esc
-
Esc
-
+
+
E
E
3
1
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
-
+
E
a0001318
Fig. 43:
1
2A
2B
3
64
Methods of operating PROFIBUS PA/DP
Local display for device operation in the field (option)
Configuration/operating programs (e.g. FieldCare) for operation via PROFIBUS DP/PA
Configuration/operating program for operating by means of the FXA193 service interface (e.g. FieldCare)
Jumper/miniature switches for hardware settings (write protection, device address, address mode)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Operation
5.2
Local display
5.2.1
Display and operating elements
The local display enables you to read all important parameters directly at the measuring point and
configure the device using the "Quick Setup" or the function matrix.
The display consists of four lines; this is where measured values and/or status variables (direction
of flow, empty pipe, bar graph, etc.) are displayed. You can change the assignment of display lines
to different variables to suit your needs and preferences (→ see the "Description of Device
Functions" manual).
v
1
TOT3
OK
v
+24.502
x
+1863.97 x
–50
y
y
%
+50
Esc
+
-
E
2
3
4
a0004754
Fig. 44:
1
2
3
4
Endress+Hauser
Display and operating elements
Liquid crystal display
The backlit, four-line liquid crystal display shows measured values, dialog texts, fault messages and notice
messages. The display as it appears when normal measuring is in progress is known as the HOME position
(operating mode).
Display
Optical sensors for Touch Control
O/ S keys
– HOME position → Direct access to totalizer values and actual values of inputs/outputs
– Enter numerical values, select parameters
– Select different blocks, groups and function groups within the function matrix
Press the X keys simultaneously to trigger the following functions:
– Exit the function matrix step by step → HOME position
– Press and hold down X keys for longer than 3 seconds → Return directly to the HOME position
– Cancel data entry
F key (Enter key)
– HOME position → Entry into the function matrix
– Save the numerical values you input or settings you change
65
Operation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.2.2
Display (operating mode)
The display area consists of three lines in all; this is where measured values are displayed, and/or
status variables (direction of flow, bar graph, etc.). You can change the assignment of display lines
to different variables to suit your needs and preferences (→ see the "Description of Device
Functions" manual).
Multiplex mode:
A maximum of two different display variables can be assigned to each line. Variables multiplexed in
this way alternate every 10 seconds on the display.
Error messages:
Display and presentation of system/process errors → Page 72
4
5
v
TOT3
OK
6
+24.502
x
+1863.97 x
v
–50
1
y
y
+50
2
%
3
a0004755
Fig. 45:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Typical display for normal operating mode (HOME position)
Main display line: shows primary measured values, e.g. mass flow in [kg/h]
Additional line: shows measured variables and status variables, e.g. totalizer No. 3 in [t]
Information line: shows additional information on the measured variables and status variables,
e.g. bar graph display of the full scale value achieved by the mass flow
"Info icons" field: icons representing additional information on the measured values are shown in this field.
→ Page 67
"Measured values" field: the current measured values appear in this field
"Unit of measure" field: the units of measure and time defined for the current measured values appear in this field
5.2.3
Additional display functions
Depending on the order option (F-CHIP → Page 125), the local display has different display
functions:
Device without batching software:
From HOME position, use the OS keys to open an "Info Menu" containing the following
information:
• Totalizer (including overflow)
• Actual values or states of the configured inputs/outputs
• Device TAG number (user-definable)
OS → Scan of individual values within the Info Menu
X (Esc key) → Back to HOME position
Device with batching software:
On measuring devices with installed batching software (F-Chip → Page 125) and a suitably
configured display line, you can carry out filling processes directly using the local display. You will
find a detailed description on → Page 69.
66
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.2.4
Operation
Icons
The icons which appear in the field on the left make it easier to read and recognize measured
variables, device status, and error messages.
Icon
Meaning
Icon
Meaning
S
System error
P
Process error
$
Fault message
(with effect on outputs)
!
Notice message
(without effect on outputs)
| 1 to n
Current output 1 to n
P 1 to n
Pulse output 1 to n
F 1 to n
Frequency output 1 to n
S 1 to n
Status output/relay output 1 to n
a0001181
Measuring mode:
PULSATING FLOW
a0001183
Measuring mode:
STANDARD
a0001182
Volume flow
Measuring mode:
SYMMETRY (bidirectional)
Mass flow
a0001188
a0001195
Batching quantity upwards
a0001201
Batching quantity downwards
a0001202
Batching quantity
Batch sum
a0001204
a0001203
Batch counter (x times)
a0001205
←
→
(scrolling
display)
Cyclic communication via
PROFIBUS active, for example via
PLC (Class 1 master)
Acyclic communication via
PROFIBUS active
(e.g. via FieldCare)
a0001206
Display value (DISPLAY_VALUE
module) with status GOOD = good
a0002322
Display value (DISPLAY_VALUE
module) with status UNC =
uncertain
a0002321
Display value (DISPLAY_VALUE
module) with status BAD = bad
a0002320
a0004616
Endress+Hauser
Output value OUT,
analog input 1 to 2
(AI module) with
status GOOD =
good
a0002325
Output value OUT,
totalizer 1 to 3
(TOTAL module)
with
status GOOD = good
67
Operation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Icon
Meaning
a0004617
a0004618
68
Icon
Output value OUT,
analog input 1 to 2
(AI module) with
status
UNC = uncertain
Output value OUT,
analog input 1 to 2
(AI module) with
status
BAD = bad
Meaning
a0002327
a0002329
Output value OUT,
totalizer 1 to 3
(TOTAL module)
with status
UNC= unclear
Output value OUT,
totalizer 1 to 3
(TOTAL module)
with status
BAD= bad
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Operation
5.2.5
Controlling the batching processes using the local display
Filling processes can be carried out directly by means of the local display with the aid of the optional
"(Batching)" software package (F-CHIP, accessories → Page 127). Therefore, the device can be
fully deployed in the field as a "batch controller."
Procedure:
1.
Configure all the required batching functions and assign the lower display info line (=
BATCHING KEYS) using the "Batch" Quick Setup menu (→ Page 89) or use the function
matrix ( → Page 70).
The following "softkeys" then appear on the bottom line of the local display → Fig. 46:
– START = left display key (S)
– PRESET = middle display key (O)
– MATRIX = right display key (F)
2.
Press the "PRESET (O)" key. Various batching process functions requiring configuration will
now appear on the display:
"PRESET" → Initial settings for the batching process
No.
Function
Settings
7200
BATCH SELECTOR
OS → Selection of the batching fluid (BATCH #1 to 6)
7203
BATCHING QUANTITY
If the "ACCESS CUSTOMER" option was selected for the "PRESET
batch quantity" prompt in the "Batching" Quick Setup, the batching
quantity can be altered via the local display. If the "LOCKED" option
was selected, the batching quantity can only be read and cannot be
altered until the private code has been entered.
7265
RESET TOTAL QUANTITY/
TOTALIZER
Resets the batching quantity counter or the total batching quantity to
"0".
3.
After exiting the PRESET menu, you can now start the batching process by pressing "START
(S)". New softkeys (STOP/HOLD or GO ON) now appear on the display. You can use these
to interrupt, continue or stop the batching process at any time. → Fig. 46
STOP (S) → Stops batching process
HOLD (O) → Interrupts batching process (softkey changes to "GO ON")
GO ON (O) → Continues batching process (softkey changes to "HOLD")
After the batch quantity is reached, the "START" or "PRESET" softkeys reappear on the display.
+2.5 l
+2.5 l
0.0 l
0.0 l
START
PRESET
MATRIX
-
+
E
STOP
STOP
HOLD
MATRIX
GO ON
MATRIX
a0004386
Fig. 46:
Endress+Hauser
Controlling batching processes using the local display (softkeys)
69
Operation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.3
!
Brief Operating Manual to the function matrix
Note!
• Be certain to observe the general notes → Page 71
• Function descriptions → see the "Description of Device Functions" manual
1.
HOME position → F → Entry into the function matrix
2.
Select a block (e.g. OUTPUTS)
3.
Select a group (e.g. CURRENT OUTPUT 1)
4.
Select a function group (e.g. CONFIGURATION)
5.
Select a function (e.g. TIME CONSTANT)
Change parameter/enter numerical values:
OS → Select or enter enable code, parameters, numerical values
F → Save your entries
6.
Exit the function matrix:
– Press and hold down the Esc key (X) for longer than 3 seconds → HOME position
– Repeatedly press the Esc key (X) → Return step-by-step to HOME position
Esc
-
+
E
➅
Esc
–
Esc
+
–
>3s
+
➀
E
➂
E
E
–
+
➁
+
E
–
+
–
➄
➃
+
E
–
E
E
E
+
–
–
E
E
E
E
a0001210
Fig. 47:
70
Selecting functions and configuring parameters (function matrix)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.3.1
Operation
General notes
The Quick Setup menu contains the default settings that are adequate for commissioning. Complex
measuring operations on the other hand necessitate additional functions that you can configure as
necessary and customize to suit your process parameters. The function matrix, therefore, comprises
a multiplicity of additional functions which, for the sake of clarity, are arranged on a number of
menu levels (blocks, groups, and function groups).
Comply with the following instructions when configuring functions:
• You select functions as described → Page 70.
Each cell in the function matrix is identified by a numerical or letter code on the display.
• You can switch off certain functions (OFF). If you do so, related functions in other function groups
will no longer be displayed.
• Certain functions prompt you to confirm your data entries. Press OS to select "SURE [ YES ]" and
press F to confirm. This saves your setting or starts a function, as applicable.
• Return to the HOME position is automatic if no key is pressed for 5 minutes.
• Programming mode is disabled automatically if you do not press a key within 60 seconds
following automatic return to the HOME position.
"
!
Caution!
All functions are described in detail, as is the function matrix itself, in the "Description of Device
Functions" manual which is a separate part of this Operating Manual.
Note!
• The transmitter continues to measure while data entry is in progress, i.e. the current measured
values are output via the signal outputs or the fieldbus communication in the normal way.
• If the supply voltage fails, all preset and configured values remain stored safely in the EEPROM.
5.3.2
Enabling the programming mode
The function matrix can be disabled. Disabling the function matrix rules out the possibility of
inadvertent changes to device functions, numerical values or factory settings. A numerical code
(factory setting = 53) has to be entered before settings can again be changed.
If you use a code number of your choice, you exclude the possibility of unauthorized persons
accessing data ( → see the "Description of Device Functions" manual).
Comply with the following instructions when entering codes:
• If programming is disabled and the OS operating elements are pressed in any function, a prompt
for the code automatically appears on the display.
• If "0" is entered as the customer's code, programming is always enabled.
• The Endress+Hauser service organization can be of assistance if you mislay your personal code.
"
Caution!
Changing certain parameters such as all sensor characteristics, for example, influences numerous
functions of the entire measuring system, particularly measuring accuracy.
There is no need to change these parameters under normal circumstances and consequently, they
are protected by a special code known only to Endress+Hauser. Please contact your
Endress+Hauser service organization if you have any questions.
5.3.3
Disabling the programming mode
Programming mode is again disabled if you do not press an operating element within 60 seconds
following automatic return to the HOME position.
You can also disable programming in the "ACCESS CODE" function by entering any number (other
than the customer's code).
Endress+Hauser
71
Operation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.4
Error messages
5.4.1
Type of error
Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed immediately. If two
or more system or process errors occur, the error with the highest priority is the one shown on the
display.
The measuring system distinguishes between two types of error:
• System error: This group includes all device errors, e.g. communication errors, hardware errors,
etc. → Page 132 ff.
• Process error: This group comprises all application errors, e.g. empty pipe etc. → Page 141 ff.
+24.502
P
1
XXXXXXXXXX
#000 00:00:05
2
4
5
3
a0001211
Fig. 48:
1
2
3
4
5
Error messages on the display (example)
Error type: P = process error, S = system error
Error message type: $ = fault message, ! = notice message
Error designation
Error number
Duration of most recent error occurrence (hours:minutes:seconds)
5.4.2
Error message type
The measuring device always assigns system and process errors which occur to two types of error
messages (fault or notice messages) resulting in different weightings. → Page 132 ff.
Serious system errors, e.g. module defects, are always identified and classed as "fault messages" by
the measuring device.
Notice message (!)
• The error in question has no effect on the current operation and the outputs of the measuring
device.
• Displayed as → Exclamation mark (!), error type (S: system error, P: process error).
• Displaying the device status on PROFIBUS DP/PA→ Page 132
!
72
Fault message ( $)
• The error in question interrupts or stops the current operation and has an immediate effect on the
outputs.
• Displayed as → Lightening flash ( $ ), error type (S: system error, P: process error)
• Displaying the device status on PROFIBUS DP/PA → Page 132
Note!
• Error conditions can be output via the relay outputs or the fieldbus communication.
• If an error message occurs, an upper or lower signal level for the breakdown information
according to NAMUR NE 43 can be output via the current output.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.5
Operation
Operating options
For the complete operation of the measuring device, including device-specific commands, DD
(device driver) files are available to the user for the following operating aids and programs:
5.5.1
FieldCare
FieldCare is Endress+Hauser’s FDT-based plant asset management tool and allows the configuration
and diagnosis of intelligent field devices. By using status information, you also have a simple but
effective tool for monitoring devices.
5.5.2
Operating program "ToF Tool - Fieldtool Package"
Modular software package consisting of the "ToF Tool" service program for configuration and diagnosis of ToF level measuring devices (time-of-flight measurement) and evolution of pressure measuring devices as well as the "Fieldtool" service program for the configuration and diagnosis of Proline
flowmeters. The Proline flowmeters are accessed via a service interface or via the service interface
FXA193.
Contents of the "ToF Tool - Fieldtool Package":
• Commissioning, maintenance analysis
• Configuring flowmeters
• Service functions
• Visualization of process data
• Troubleshooting
• Reading out the verification data and updating the software of the "Fieldcheck" flow simulator
5.5.3
Operating program "SIMATIC PDM" (Siemens)
SIMATIC PDM is a standardized, manufacturer-independent tool for the operation, configuration,
maintenance and diagnosis of intelligent field devices.
Endress+Hauser
73
Operation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.5.4
Device drivers for operating programs
The following table illustrates the suitable device drivers for the operating tool in question and then
indicates where these can be obtained.
PROFIBUS DP
Valid for device software:
3.04.XX
→ DEVICE SOFTWARE function (8100)
PROFIBUS DP device data:
Profile Version:
Promag 53 ID No.:
Profile ID No.:
3.0
1526hex
9741hex
→ PROFILE VERSION function (6160)
→ DEVICE ID function (6162)
GSD file information:
Promag 53 GSD file:
Extended Format (recommended): eh3x1526.gsd
Standard Format:
eh3_1526.gsd
!
Note!
Before configuring the PROFIBUS network, read and follow the information for
using the GSD file → Page 100
Bitmaps:
EH_1526_d.bmp/.dib
EH_1526_n.bmp/.dib
EH_1526_s.bmp/.dib
Profile GSD file:
PA039741.gsd
Software release:
07.2007
Operating program/Device driver:
Sources for obtaining device drivers/program updates:
Promag 53 GSD file:
• www.endress.com (→ Download → Software → Device Drivers)
• www.profibus.com
• CD-ROM (Endress+Hauser order number: 56003894)
FieldCare/DTM
• www.endress.com (→ Download → Software → Device Drivers)
• CD-ROM (Endress+Hauser order number: 56004088)
SIMATIC PDM
• www.endress.com (→ Download → Software → Device Drivers)
• www.feldgeraete.de
Tester/simulator:
!
74
Device:
How to acquire:
Fieldcheck
• Update by means of FieldCare via Fieldflash module
Note!
The Fieldcheck tester/simulator is used for testing flowmeters in the field. When used in
conjunction with the "FieldCare" software package, test results can be imported into a database,
printed and used for official certification. Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more
information.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Operation
PROFIBUS PA
Valid for device software:
3.04.XX
→ DEVICE SOFTWARE function (8100)
PROFIBUS PA device data:
Profile Version:
Promag 53 ID No.:
Profile ID No.:
3.0
1527hex
9741hex
→ PROFILE VERSION function (6160)
→ DEVICE ID function (6162)
Extended Format (recommended):
Standard Format:
eh3x1527.gsd
eh3_1527.gsd
GSD file information:
Promag 53 GSD file:
!
Note!
Before configuring the PROFIBUS network, read and follow the information for
using the GSD file → Page 100
Bitmaps:
EH_1527_d.bmp/.dib
EH_1527_n.bmp/.dib
EH_1527_s.bmp/.dib
Profile GSD file:
PA139741.gsd
Software release:
07.2007
Operating program/device driver:
Sources for obtaining device drivers/program updates:
Promag 53 GSD file:
• www.endress.com (→ Download → Software → Device Drivers)
• www.profibus.com
• CD-ROM (Endress+Hauser order number: 56003894)
FieldCare/DTM
• www.endress.com (→ Download → Software → Device Drivers)
• CD-ROM (Endress+Hauser order number: 56004088)
SIMATIC PDM
• www.endress.com (→ Download → Software → Device Drivers)
• www.feldgeraete.de
Tester/simulator:
!
Endress+Hauser
Device:
How to acquire:
Fieldcheck
• Update by means of FieldCare via Fieldflash module
Note!
The Fieldcheck tester/simulator is used for testing flowmeters in the field. When used in
conjunction with the "FieldCare" software package, test results can be imported into a database,
printed and used for official certification. Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more
information.
75
Operation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.6
Hardware PROFIBUS DP settings
5.6.1
Configuring the write protection
A jumper on the I/O board provides the means of switching hardware write protection on or off.
When the hardware write protection is switched on, it is not possible to write to the device
parameters via PROFIBUS (cyclic data transmission, e.g. via FieldCare).
#
Warning!
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power
supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the I/O board. → Page 147
3.
Configure the hardware write protection accordingly with the aid of the jumpers (see Figure).
4.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1.1
LED
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
1
1.2
A
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
T
PU
3
UT
O
T/
PU
IN
T
PU
4
1.1
UT
/O
IN
LED
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
T
PU
1
1.2
B
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
a0003326
Fig. 49:
A
B
Flexible assignment board
Permanent assignment board
1
1.1
Jumper for switching write protection on and off
Write protection switched off (factory setting) = it is possible to write to the device parameters via PROFIBUS
(acyclic data transmission, e.g. via FieldCare).
Write protection switched on = it is not possible to write to the device parameters via PROFIBUS (acyclic
data transmission, e.g. via FieldCare)
1.2
LED
76
Switching write protection on and off with the aid of a jumper on the I/O board
Overview of LED states:
– Lit continuously → Ready for operation
– Not lit → Not ready for operation
– Flashing → System or process error present → Page 130 ff.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Operation
5.6.2
Configuring the device address
The address must always be configured for a PROFIBUS DP/PA device. The valid device addresses
are in the range from 0 to 126. In a PROFIBUS DP/PA network, each address can only be assigned
once. If an address is not configured correctly, the device is not recognized by the master. All
measuring devices are delivered from the factory with the address 126 and with software
addressing.
Addressing via local operation
Addressing takes place in the FIELDBUS ADDRESS function (6101) → see the "Description of
Device Functions" manual.
Addressing via miniature switches
#
Warning!
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power
supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
1.
Loosen the Allen screw (3 mm) of the securing clamp.
2.
Unscrew cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
3.
Remove the local display (if present) by loosening the set screws of the display module.
4.
Set the position of the miniature switches on the I/O board using a sharp pointed object.
5.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
OFF ON
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
1
1
2
2
3
4
4
8
1
16
2
32
3
64
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
b
1
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
a
2
c
3
4
OFF ON
a0002821
Fig. 50:
a
b
c
Endress+Hauser
Addressing with the aid of miniature switches on the I/O board
Miniature switches for setting the device address (illustrated: 1 + 16 + 32 = device address 49)
Miniature switches for the address mode (method of addressing):
OFF = software addressing via local operation (factory setting)
ON = hardware addressing via miniature switches
Miniature switches not assigned
77
Operation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.6.3
!
#
Configuring the terminating resistors
Note!
It is important to terminate the RS485 line correctly at the start and end of the bus segment since
impedance mismatch results in reflections on the line which can cause faulty communication
transmission.
Warning!
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages.
Make sure that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics
compartment.
• For baud rates up to 1.5 MBaud, the termination is set via the terminating switch SW 1 for the
last transmitter on the bus: ON - ON - ON - ON.
• Device is operated with a baud rate >1.5 MBaud: due to the capacitive load of the user and the
resulting line reflection, make sure that an external termination is used.
In addition, the signal lines have to be protected (= shielded and grounded) for flexible assignment
boards. → Page 55
The miniature switch for termination is located on the I/O board (see Figure):
A
SW 1
B
+5V
+5V
SW 1
390 W
1
390 W
1
2
2
220 W
3
220 W
3
4
4
390 W
390 W
OFF ON
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
OFF ON
IN
PU
IN
T/O
PU
UT
T/O
PU
UT
T
T
PU
3
4
a0004392
Fig. 51:
Configuring the terminating resistors (for baud rates < 1.5 MBaud)
A = Factory setting
B = Setting at the last transmitter
!
78
Note!
It is generally recommended to use external termination since if a device that is terminated
internally is defect, this can result in the failure of the entire segment.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Operation
5.6.4
Current output configuration
The current output is configured as "active" or "passive" by means of various jumpers on the current
submodule.
#
Warning!
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages.
Make sure that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics
compartment.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the I/O board. → Page 147 ff.
3.
Position the jumpers (see Figure).
" Caution!
Risk of destroying the measuring device. Set the jumpers exactly as shown in the diagram.
Incorrectly set jumpers can cause overcurrents that would destroy either the measuring device
or external devices connected to it.
Installation of the I/O board is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
4.
T
PU
1.1
+
1.2
+
3
T
OU
T/
PU
1
IN
UT
O
T/
PU
4
P
UT
IN
a0004411
Fig. 52:
1
1.1
1.2
Endress+Hauser
Configuring the current input with the aid of jumpers (I/O board)
Current output
Active current output (default)
Passive current output
79
Operation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.6.5
Relay output configuration
The relay contact can be configured as normally open (NO or make) or normally closed (NC or
break) contacts by means of two jumpers on the pluggable submodule. This configuration can be
called up at any time with the ACTUAL STATUS RELAY function (4740).
#
Warning!
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power
supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the I/O board. → Page 147
3.
Position the jumpers (see Figure).
" Caution!
If you change the setting, you must always change the positions of both jumpers!
Note precisely the specified positions of the jumpers.
Installation of the I/O board is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
4.
UT
3
TP
OU
/
UT
P
IN
T
PU
4
UT
/O
T
PU
IN
1
+
2
+
a0004412
Fig. 53:
1
2
80
Configuring relay contacts (NC/NO) on the convertible I/O board (submodule) with the help of jumpers.
Configured as NO contact (factory setting, relay 1)
Configured as NC contact (factory setting, relay 2)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Operation
5.7
HardwarePROFIBUS PA settings
5.7.1
Configuring the write protection
A jumper on the I/O board provides the means of switching hardware write protection on or off.
When the hardware write protection is switched on, it is not possible to write to the device
parameters via PROFIBUS (cyclic data transmission, e.g. via FieldCare).
#
Warning!
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power
supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the I/O board. → Page 147
3.
Configure the hardware write protection accordingly with the aid of the jumpers (see Figure).
4.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
LED
2
1
1.1
1.2
a0001359
Fig. 54:
1
1.1
1.2
Endress+Hauser
Switching write protection on and off with the aid of a jumper on the I/O board
Jumper for switching write protection on and off
Write protection switched off (factory setting) = it is possible to write to the device parameters via PROFIBUS
(acyclic data transmission, e.g. via FieldCare).
Write protection switched on = it is not possible to write to the device parameters via PROFIBUS
(acyclic data transmission, e.g. via FieldCare)
2
Jumper without function
LED
Overview of LED states:
– Lit continuously → Ready for operation
– Not lit → Not ready for operation
– Flashing → System or process error present → Page 130 ff.
81
Operation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.7.2
Configuring the device address
The address must always be configured for a PROFIBUS DP/PA device. The valid device addresses
are in the range from 1 to 126. In a PROFIBUS DP/PA network, each address can only be assigned
once. If an address is not configured correctly, the device is not recognized by the master. All
measuring devices are delivered from the factory with the address 126 and with software
addressing.
Addressing via local operation
Addressing takes place in the FIELDBUS ADDRESS function (6101) → see the "Description of
Device Functions" manual.
Addressing via miniature switches
#
Warning!
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power
supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
1.
Loosen the Allen screw (3 mm) of the securing clamp.
2.
Unscrew cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
3.
Remove the local display (if present) by loosening the set screws of the display module.
4.
Set the position of the miniature switches on the I/O board using a sharp pointed object.
5.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
OFF ON
1
2
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
c
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
1
2
2
3
4
4
8
1
16
2
32
3
64
a
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
1
4
b
OFF ON
a0002590
Fig. 55:
a
b
c
82
Addressing with the aid of miniature switches on the I/O board
Miniature switches for setting the device address (illustrated: 1 + 16 + 32 = device address 49)
Miniature switches for the address mode (method of addressing):
OFF = software addressing via local operation (factory setting)
ON = hardware addressing via miniature switches
Miniature switches not assigned
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
!
Commissioning
6
Commissioning
6.1
Function check
Make sure that all final checks have been completed before you start up your measuring point:
• Checklist for "Post-installation check" → Page 42
• Checklist for "Post-connection check" → Page 63
Note!
When using PROFIBUS PA, please note the following:
• The PROFIBUS interface's technical data must be maintained in accordance with IEC 61158-2
(MBP).
• A normal multimeter can be used to check the bus voltage of 9 to 32 V and the current
consumption of 11 mA at the device.
6.2
Switching on the measuring device
Once the post-connection checks have been successfully completed, it is time to switch on the
supply voltage. The device is now operational.
The measuring device performs a number of power on self-tests. As this procedure progresses the
following sequence of messages appears on the local display:
Messages: PROFIBUS DP
Messages: PROFIBUS PA
PROMAG 53
PROMAG 53
START-UP
RUNNING
Start-up message
▼
▼
PROMAG 53
DEVICE SOFTWARE
V XX.XX.XX
PROMAG 53
Display of current
software version
▼
PROFIBUS DP
RELAY OUTPUT 1
RELAY OUTPUT 2
STATUS INPUT 1
→ MEASURING OPERATION
DEVICE SOFTWARE
V XX.XX.XX
▼
PROFIBUS PA
Existing input/output modules
Input/output modules
▼
SYSTEM OK
START-UP
RUNNING
▼
Beginning of normal measuring
mode
Operation
SYSTEM OK
→ MEASURING OPERATION
Normal measuring mode commences as soon as startup completes.
Various measured-value and/or status variables (HOME position) appear on the display.
!
Endress+Hauser
Note!
If startup fails, an error message indicating the cause is displayed.
83
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.3
Quick Setup
In the case of measuring devices without a local display, the individual parameters and functions
must be configured via the configuration program, e.g. FieldCare.
If the measuring device is equipped with a local display, all the important device parameters for
standard operation, as well as additional functions, can be configured quickly and easily by means
of the following Quick Setup menus.
6.3.1
Quick Setup "Commissioning"
XXX.XXX.XX
E
++
Quick Setup
B
QS 1002
Commission
E+
Esc
-
+
E
Language
HOME-POSITION
2000
Pre-Setting
Selection
➀
System units
Volume
Mass
Quit
Unit 0420
Density
0402
Unit
Volume Flow
Value 0700
Density
0400
Unit
Mass flow
➁
Configure another unit?
YES
NO
Unit
To Bus
Selection
Output type
➂
Current Output 1
6141
Freq.-/ Pulse Output 1
Quit
Operation 4200
Mode
Frequency
Pulse
Assign 4000
Current
Assign 4201
Frequency
Assign 4221
Pulse
Current 4001
Span
End 4203
Value Freq.
Pulse 4222
Value
Value 4002
0_4 mA
Value 4204
F low
Pulse 4223
Width
Value 4003
20 mA
Value 4205
F high
Measuring 4225
Mode
Measuring 4004
Mode
Measuring 4206
Mode
Output 4226
Signal
Time 4005
Constant
Output 4207
Signal
Failsafe 4227
Mode
Failsafe 4006
Mode
Time 4208
Constant
Failsafe 4209
Mode
➃
Configure another Output?
Autom. Configuration of Display?
YES
NO
YES
NO
Automatic parameterization
of the display
Another
Quick Setup?
Batching
➅
Pulsating Flow
➆
➄
Communication
NO
Carrying out the selected Quick Setup
a0004551-en
Fig. 56:
84
Quick Setup for fast commissioning
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
!
Commissioning
Note!
• The display returns to the cell SETUP COMMISSIONING (1002) if you press the ESC key combination during
parameter interrogation. The stored parameters remain valid.
• The "Commissioning" Quick Setup must be carried out before one of the other Quick Setups described in this
Operating Manual is run.
Endress+Hauser
m
Only units not yet configured in the current Setup are offered for selection in each
volume is derived from the corresponding flow unit.
n
The "YES" option remains visible until all the units have been configured.
"NO" is the only option displayed when no further units are available.
o
This prompt only appears if a current output and/or pulse/frequency output is available. Only the outputs not yet
configured in the current Setup are offered for selection in each cycle.
p
The "YES" option remains visible until all the outputs have been configured.
"NO" is the only option displayed when no further outputs are available.
q
The "automatic display configuration" option contains the following basic settings/factory settings
YES
Main line = volume flow
Additional line = totalizer 1
Information line = operating/system condition
NO
The existing (selected) settings remain.
cycle. The unit for mass and
➅
The BATCHING QUICK SETUP is only available when the optional software package BATCHING is installed.
➆
The PULSATING FLOW QUICK SETUP is only available if the device has a current output or a pulse/frequency
output.
85
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.3.2
!
Quick Setup "Pulsating Flow"
Note!
The "Pulsating flow" Quick Setup is only available if the device has a current output or a pulse/
frequency output.
Certain types of pump such as reciprocating, peristaltic and cam-type pumps, for example, create a
flow characterized by severe periodic fluctuations . Negative flows can occur with pumps of these
types on account of the closing volume of the valves or valve leaks.
!
Note!
Before carrying out the Quick Setup "Pulsating flow" the Quick Setup "Commissioning" has to be
executed.→ Page 84
A
B
Q
1
Q
t
2
Q
3
Q
5
t
t
Q
t
4
t
a0001213
Fig. 57:
Flow characteristics of various types of pump
A
B
With severely pulsating flow
With low pulsating flow
11
22
3
4
5
-cylinder cam pump
-cylinder cam pump
Magnetic pump
Peristaltic pump, flexible connecting hose
Multi-cylinder reciprocating pump
Severely pulsating flow
Once several device functions have been configured in the "Pulsating flow" Quick Setup menu, flow
fluctuations of this nature can be compensated over the entire flow range and pulsating liquid flows
measured correctly. Below you will find detailed instructions on how to use this Quick Setup menu.
!
Note!
It is always advisable to work through the "Pulsating flow" Quick Setup menu if there is any
uncertainty about the exact flow characteristic.
Slightly pulsating flow
If flow fluctuations are no more than minor, as is the case, for example with gear-type, threecylinder or multi-cylinder pumps, it is not absolutely necessary to work through the Quick Setup
menu.
In cases of this nature, however, it is advisable to adapt the functions listed below in the function
matrix (see the "Description of Device Functions" manual) to suit local process conditions in order
to ensure a stable, unvarying output signal:
• Measuring system damping: "FLOW DAMPING" function → increase the value
• Current output damping: "TIME CONSTANT" function → increase the value
86
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
Performing the "Pulsating Flow" Quick Setup
This Quick Setup menu guides you systematically through the setup procedure for all the device
functions that have to be modified and configured for measuring pulsating flows. Note that this has
no effect on values configured beforehand, such as measuring range, current range or full scale
value.
XXX.XXX.XX
++
E
Esc
-
+
Quick Setup
B
E
E+
HOME-POSITION
1003
Pulsating flow
Display 2002
damping
➀
Current output 1
Selection of output type
Freq.-/Pulse output 1
Quit
4200
Operation mode
Frequency
4004
4206
Measuring mode
Measuring mode
4005
4225
Measuring mode
4208
Time constant
Yes
Pulse
Time constant
➁
Configure another output ?
No
8005
Alarm delay
6400
Assign
LF-Cut off
On-value 6402
LF-Cut off
Off-value 6403
LF-Cut off
Pressure 6404
shock suppression
Quit
Quick Setup
a0004615-en
Fig. 58:
!
Endress+Hauser
Quick Setup for measuring severely pulsating flows.
m
Only the output not yet configured in the current Setup is offered for selection in the second cycle.
n
The "YES" option remains visible until both outputs have been configured. "NO" is the only option displayed when
no further outputs are available.
Note!
• The display returns to the cell QUICK SETUP PULSATING FLOW (1003) if you press the Q key
combination during parameter interrogation.
• You can call up the Setup menu either directly from the "COMMISSIONING" Quick Setup menu
or manually by means of the function QUICK SETUP PULSATING FLOW (1003).
87
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Quick Setup "Pulsating Flow"
HOME position → F → MEASURAND → O → QUICK SETUP → N→ QS PULSATING FLOW (1003)
Function No.
Function name
Selection with OS
To the next function with F
1003
QS PULSATING FLOW
YES
After F is pressed by way of confirmation, the
Quick Setup menu calls up all the subsequent
functions in succession.
▼
Basic configuration
2002
DISPLAY DAMPING
3s
Signal type for "CURRENT OUTPUT 1"
4004
MEASURING MODE
PULS. FLOW
4005
TIME CONSTANT
3s
Signal type for "FREQ./PULSE OUTPUT 1" (for FREQUENCY operating mode)
4206
MEASURING MODE
PULS. FLOW
4208
TIME CONSTANT
0s
Signal type for "FREQ./PULSE OUTPUT 1" (for PULSE operating mode)
4225
MEASURING MODE
PULS. FLOW
8005
ALARM DELAY
0s
6400
ASSIGN LOW FLOW CUTOFF
VOLUME FLOW
6402
ON-VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF
Recommended setting:
Other settings
On-value
max. full scale (per DN)*
1000
a0004432-en
*Full scale values → Page 20 ff.
6403
OFF-VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF
50%
6404
PRESSURE SHOCK SUPPRESSION
0s
▼
Back to the HOME position:
→ Press and hold down the X key for longer than three seconds or
→ Repeatedly press and release the X key → Exit the function matrix step by step
88
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.3.3
!
Commissioning
Quick Setup "Batching"
Note!
This function is only available when the additional "batching" software is installed in the measuring
device (order option). You can order this software from Endress+Hauser as an accessory at a later
date. → Page 127
This Quick Setup menu guides you systematically through the setup procedure for all the device
functions that have to be modified and configured for batching operation. These basic settings allow
simple (one-step) batching processes.
Additional settings, e.g. for multistage batching procedures, must be made via the function matrix
itself (see the "Description of Device Functions" manual).
"
!
Endress+Hauser
Caution!
The "Batching" Quick Setup sets certain device parameters for discontinuous measurement
operation.
If the measuring device is used for continuous flow measurement at a later time, we recommend at
you rerun the "Commissioning" and/or "Pulsating flow" Quick Setup.
Note!
• Before carrying out the Quick Setup "Batching" the Quick Setup "Commissioning" has to be
executed. → Page 84
• You can find detailed information on the batching functions in the separate "Description of Device
Functions" manual.
• You can also directly control filling process using the local display. During Quick Setup, an
appropriate dialog appears concerning the automatic display configuration. Acknowledge this by
clicking "YES".
This assigns special batching functions (START, PRESET, etc.) to the bottom line of the display.
These can be directly executed on site using the three operating keys ( O / S / F ). Therefore,
the measuring device can be fully deployed in the field as a "batch controller". → Page 69
• You can also directly control the filling process using the fieldbus.
89
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
XXX.XXX.XX
+
+
E
Esc
-
E
B
Quick Setup
HOME-POSITION
E+
1005
QS
Batching/Dosing
6402
ON-Value
Low flow cut off
System
damping
6603
Pressure shock 6404
suppression
Batch
Selector
7200
Batch
Name
7201
Batch
Quantity
7203
7204
Fix
Compensation Quantity
Select
Output?
Relay 1
Assign
Relay
Terminal No.
YES
PRESET
Batch quantity
Locked
4700
4780
Batch
Supervision?
NO
Autom. Configuration
Display?
NO
YES
Max. Batch
Time
Relay 2
7240
Access Customer
Automatic parameterization
of the display
Quit Quick Setup
a0004433-en
Fig. 59:
90
Quick Setup "Batching"
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
Recommended settings
Quick Setup "Batching"
HOME position → F → MEASURAND → O → QUICK SETUP → N → QUICK SETUP BATCHING (1005)
Function No.
Function name
Setting to be selected ( P )
(to the next function with F )
1005
QUICK SETUP BATCHING/DOSING
YES
After F is pressed by way of confirmation, the
Quick Setup menu calls up all the subsequent
functions in succession.
▼
!
Note!
Some of the functions listed below (with a gray background) are configured automatically, i.e. by the measuring system.
6400
ASSIGN LOW FLOW CUTOFF
VOLUME FLOW
6402
ON-VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF
The recommended setting is contained on Page 88
in Function No. 6402.
6403
OFF-VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF
50%
6603
SYSTEM DAMPING
9
!
Note!
The parameter has to be optimized for highly
accurate and short filling processes: to do this, put
the setting to "0".
6404
PRESSURE SHOCK SUPPRESSION
0s
7200
BATCH SELECTOR
BATCH #1
7201
BATCH NAME
BATCH #1
7202
ASSIGN BATCH VARIABLE
VOLUME
7203
BATCH QUANTITY
0
7204
FIX COMPENSATION QUANTITY
0
7208
BATCH STAGES
1
7209
INPUT FORMAT
Value input
4700
ASSIGN RELAY
BATCHING VALVE 1
4780
TERMINAL NUMBER
Output (display only)
7220
OPEN VALVE 1
0% or 0 [unit]
7240
MAXIMUM BATCH TIME
0 s (= switched off)
7241
MINIMUM BATCH QUANTITY
0
7242
MAXIMUM BATCH QUANTITY
0
2200
ASSIGN (Main line)
BATCH NAME
2220
ASSIGN (Multiplex main line)
Off
2400
ASSIGN (Additional line)
BATCH DOWNWARDS
2420
ASSIGN (Multiplex additional line)
Off
2600
ASSIGN (Information line)
BATCHING KEYS
2620
ASSIGN (Multiplex information line)
Off
▼
Back to the HOME position:
→ Press and hold down the X key for longer than three seconds or
→ Repeatedly press and release the X key → Exit the function matrix step by step
Endress+Hauser
91
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.3.4
Quick Setup "Communication"
To establish cyclic data transfer, various arrangements between the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) and
the measuring device (slave) are required which have to be taken into consideration when
configuring various functions. These functions can be configured quickly and easily by means of the
"Communication" Quick Setup. The following table explains the parameter configuration options in
more detail.
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
-
+
E
HOME-POSITION
E
++
Quick Setup
B
E+
Setup
1006
Communication
Fieldbus Address
Selection
GSD
Unit To Bus
6101
6140
6141
a0002600-en
Fig. 60:
Quick Setup "Communication"
Quick Setup "Communication"
HOME position → F → MEASURAND (A)→ O → QUICK SETUP (B) → N → QUICK SETUP COMMUNICATION
(1006)
Function No.
Function name
Setting to be selected ( OS )
(to the next function with F )
1006
QS-COMMUNICATION
After confirmation (YES) by pressing F the subsequent
functions are called up in succession.
6101
FIELDBUS ADDRESS
Enter the device address (permitted address range: 1 to 126)
Factory setting: 126
6140
SELECTION GSD
Select the operating mode (the GSD file) which should be used for
cyclic data transmission with the PROFIBUS master.
Options:
MANUFACT. SPEC. → The measuring device is operated with
complete device functionality.
MANUFACT V2.0 → The measuring device is used as the
replacement for the previous Promag 33 model (compatibility
mode).
PROFILE-GSD → The measuring device is operated in the
PROFIBUS Profile mode.
Factory setting:
MANUFACT. SPEC.
Note!
!
For PROFIBUS network configuration, make sure that the right
device master file (GSD file) of the measuring device is used for
the selected operating mode:→ Page 100
92
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
Quick Setup "Communication"
6141
UNIT TO BUS
If this function is executed, the measured variables are transmitted
cyclically to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) with the system units
set in the measuring device.
Options:
OFF
SET UNITS (Transmission is started by pressing
the F key)
"
Caution!
Activating this function can cause a sudden
change of the measured variables transmitted to the PROFIBUS
master (Class 1); this, in turn, can
affect subsequent control routines.
▼
Back to the HOME position:
→ Press and hold down the X key for longer than three seconds or
→ Repeatedly press and release the X key = Exit the function matrix step by step
Endress+Hauser
93
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.3.5
Data backup/transmission
Using the T-DAT SAVE/LOAD function, you can transfer data (device parameters and settings)
between the T-DAT (exchangeable memory) and the EEPROM (device storage unit).
This is required in the following instances:
• Creating a backup: current data are transferred from an EEPROM to the T-DAT.
• Replacing a transmitter: current data are copied from an EEPROM to the T-DAT and then transferred to the EEPROM of the new transmitter.
• Duplicating data: current data are copied from an EEPROM to the T-DAT and then transferred to
EEPROMs of identical measuring points.
!
Hinweis!
For information on installing and removing the T-DAT → Seite 145 ff.
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
-
+
E
F
O
Quick Setup
N
HOME
POSITION
T-DAT
SAVE/LOAD
P
LOAD
P
F
Restart of the
measuring device
CANCEL
F
F
YES
P
SAVE
NO
F
YES
F
P
NO
F
Input is
saved
a0001221-en
Abb. 61:
Data backup/transmission with T-DAT SAVE/LOAD function
Information on the LOAD and SAVE options available:
LOAD: Data are transferred from the T-DAT to the EEPROM.
!
Hinweis!
• Any settings already saved on the EEPROM are deleted.
• This option is only available, if the T-DAT contains valid data.
• This option can only be executed if the software version of the T-DAT is the same or newer than
that of the EEPROM. Otherwise, the error message "TRANSM. SW-DAT" appears after restarting
and the LOAD function is then no longer available.
SAVE:
Data are transferred from the EEPROM to the T-DAT.
94
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
6.4
!
Commissioning the PROFIBUS interface
Note!
• All functions required for commissioning are described in detail in the "Description of Device
Functions" manual which is a separate part of this Operating Manual.
• A code (factory setting: 53) must be entered to change device functions, numerical values or
factory settings. → Page 71
6.4.1
PROFIBUS DP commissioning
The following steps must be carried out in the sequence specified:
1.
Check the hardware write protection:
The WRITE PROTECT (6102) parameter indicates whether it is possible to write to the device
parameters via PROFIBUS (acyclic data transmission, e.g. via FieldCare).
! Note!
• This check is not needed if operating via the local display.
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → CONFIGURATION (610) →
WRITE PROTECT (6102) → Display of one of the following options:
– OFF (factory setting) = write access via PROFIBUS possible
– ON = write access via PROFIBUS not possible
Deactivate the write protection if necessary. → Page 76
2.
Enter the tag name (optional):
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → CONFIGURATION (610) →
TAG NAME (6100)
3.
Configuring the fieldbus address:
• Software addressing using the local display:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → CONFIGURATION (610) →
FIELDBUS ADDRESS (6101)
• Hardware addressing via miniature switches → Page 77
4.
Select the system unit:
a. Determine the units by means of the system units group:
MEASURED VARIABLES (A) → SYSTEM UNITS (ACA) → CONFIGURATION (040) →
UNIT MASS FLOW (0400) / UNIT MASS (0401) / UNIT
VOLUME FLOW (0402) / …
b. In the function UNIT TO BUS (6141), select the option SET UNITS, so that the measured
variables transmitted cyclically to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) are transmitted with the
system units set in the measuring device:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → OPERATION (614) →
UNIT TO BUS (6141)
! Note!
– The configuration of the system units for the totalizer is described separately
→ see step 7
– If the system unit of a measured variable is changed by means of the local operation or an
operating program, this initially does not have any effect on the unit that is used to transmit
the measured variable to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1). Changed system units of the
measured variables are not transmitted to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) until the SET
UNITS option is activated in the function BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA)
→ OPERATION (614) → UNIT TO BUS (6141).
Endress+Hauser
95
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
5.
Configuration of the Analog Input function blocks 1 to 2:
The measuring device has two Analog Input function blocks (AI modules), through which the
various measured variables can be cyclically transmitted to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1).
The assignment of a measured variable to the Analog Input function block is shown below
using the example of Analog Input function block 1 (AI module, slot 1).
Using the CHANNEL function (6123), you can determine the measured variable (e.g. volume
flow) to be cyclically transmitted to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1):
a. Select BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → FUNCTIONBLOCKS (612) →
BLOCK SELECTION (6120).
b. Select the option ANALOG INPUT 1.
c. Select the function CHANNEL (6123).
d. Select the option VOLUME FLOW.
Possible settings:
Measured variable
ID for "CHANNEL" function
VOLUME FLOW (factory setting AI function block 1)
273
MASS FLOW (factory setting AI function block 2)
277
The following measured variables are available when the additional "batching" software is installed
(order option)
BATCH UPWARDS
1346
BATCH DOWNWARDS
1347
BATCH COUNTER
1348
BATCH SUM
1349
BATCHING TIME
1354
!
Note!
If, when the PROFIBUS network configuration, the AI module was integrated in slot 1 or 5, the measured variable
selected in the CHANNEL function is transmitted cyclically to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) for the respective
Analog Input function block 1 to 2. → Page 106
6.
Setting the measuring mode:
In the function MEASURING MODE (6601), select the flow portions to be measured by the
measuring device.
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → SYSTEM PARAMETER (GLA) → CONFIGURATION (660) →
MEASURING MODE (6601) → Selection of one of the following options:
– UNIDIRECTIONAL (factory setting) = only the positive flow portions
– BIDIRECTIONAL = the positive and negative flow components
7.
Configuration of totalizers 1 to 3:
The measuring device has three totalizers. The following example describes the configuration
of the totalizer using totalizer 1 as an example.
• Using the CHANNEL function (6133), you can determine the measured variable (e.g.
volume flow) to be cyclically transmitted to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) as a totalizer
value:
a. Select BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
SELECT TOTALIZER (6130).
b. Select the option TOTALIZER 1.
c. Go to the function CHANNEL (6133).
96
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
d. Select one of the following options:
– VOLUME FLOW (CHANNEL = 273, factory setting): the volume flow is totalized.
– MASS FLOW (CHANNEL = 277): the mass flow is totalized.
– OFF (CHANNEL = 0): no totalizing, "0" is displayed as the totalizer value.
! Note!
If, when the PROFIBUS network configuration, the module or the function "TOTAL" was
integrated in slot 2, 3 or 4, the measured variable selected in the CHANNEL function is
transmitted cyclically to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) for the respective totalizer 1 to 3.
→ Page 106
• Enter the desired unit for the totalizer:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
UNIT TOTALIZER (6134)
• Configure totalizer status (e.g. totalize):
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
SET TOTALIZER (6135) → Select the option TOTALIZE
• Set the totalizer mode:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
TOTALIZER MODE (6137) → Selection of one of the following options:
– BALANCE (factory setting): calculates the positive and negative flow portions
– POSITIVE: calculates the positive flow portions
– NEGATIVE: calculates the negative flow portions
– HOLD VALUE: The totalizer remains at the last value
! Note!
For the calculation of the positive and negative flow portions (BALANCE) or the negative
flow portions (NEGATIVE) to be carried out correctly, the selection BIDIRECTIONAL must
be active in the function BASIC FUNCTION (G) → SYSTEM PARAMETER (GLA) →
CONFIGURATION (660) → MEASURING MODE (6601).
8.
Select the operating mode:
Select the operating mode (GSD file) which should be used for cyclic communication with the
PROFIBUS master.
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → OPERATION (614) →
SELECTION GSD (6140) → Selection of one of the following options:
– MANUFACT. SPEC. (factory setting): the complete device functionality is
available.
– MANUFACT V2.0 The device is used as the replacement for the previous Promag 33 model
(compatibility mode).
– PROFILE-GSD: The device is operated in the PROFIBUS Profile mode.
! Note!
For PROFIBUS network configuration, make sure that the right device master file (GSD file) of
the measuring device is used for the selected operating mode:→ Page 100 ff.
9.
Endress+Hauser
Configuration of cyclic data transmission in the PROFIBUS master:
A detailed description of the cyclic data transmission is contained on → Page 104 ff.
97
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.4.2
PROFIBUS PA commissioning
The following steps must be carried out in the sequence specified:
1.
Check the hardware write protection:
The WRITE PROTECT (6102) parameter indicates whether it is possible to write to the device
parameters via PROFIBUS (acyclic data transmission, e.g. via FieldCare).
! Note!
• This check is not needed if operating via the local display.
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → CONFIGURATION (610) →
WRITE PROTECT (6102) → Display of one of the following options:
– OFF (factory setting) = write access via PROFIBUS possible
– ON = write access via PROFIBUS not possible
Deactivate the write protection if necessary. → Page 76
2.
Enter the tag name (optional):
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → CONFIGURATION (610) →
TAG NAME (6100)
3.
Configuring the fieldbus address:
• Software addressing using the local display:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → CONFIGURATION (610) →
FIELDBUS ADDRESS (6101)
• Hardware addressing via miniature switches→ Page 77
4.
Select the system unit:
a. Determine the units by means of the system units group:
MEASURED VARIABLES (A) → SYSTEM UNITS (ACA) → CONFIGURATION (040) →
UNIT MASS FLOW (0400) / UNIT MASS (0401) / UNIT
VOLUME FLOW (0402) / …
b. In the function UNIT TO BUS (6141), select the option SET UNITS, so that the measured
variables transmitted cyclically to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) are transmitted with the
system units set in the measuring device:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → OPERATION (614) →
UNIT TO BUS (6141)
! Note!
– The configuration of the system units for the totalizer is described separately
→ see step 6
– If the system unit of a measured variable is changed by means of the local operation or an
operating program, this initially does not have any effect on the unit that is used to transmit
the measured variable to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1). Changed system units of the
measured variables are not transmitted to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) until the SET
UNITS option is activated in the function BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA)
→ OPERATION (614) → UNIT TO BUS (6141).
5.
Setting the measuring mode:
In the function MEASURING MODE (6601), select the flow portions to be measured by the
measuring device.
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → SYSTEM PARAMETER (GLA) → CONFIGURATION (660) →
MEASURING MODE (6601) → Selection of one of the following options:
– UNIDIRECTIONAL (factory setting) = only the positive flow portions
– BIDIRECTIONAL = the positive and negative flow components
98
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.
Commissioning
Configuration of totalizers 1 to 3:
The measuring device has three totalizers. The following example describes the configuration
of the totalizer using totalizer 1 as an example.
• Using the CHANNEL function (6133), you can determine the measured variable (e.g.
volume flow) to be cyclically transmitted to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) as a totalizer
value:
a. Select BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
SELECT TOTALIZER (6130).
b. Select the option TOTALIZER 1.
c. Go to the function CHANNEL (6133).
d. Select one of the following options:
– VOLUME FLOW (CHANNEL = 273, factory setting): the volume flow is totalized.
– MASS FLOW (CHANNEL = 277): the mass flow is totalized.
– OFF (CHANNEL = 0): no totalizing, "0"
is displayed as the totalizer value.
! Note!
If, when the PROFIBUS network configuration, the module or the function TOTAL was
integrated in slot 2, 3 or 4, the measured variable selected in the CHANNEL function is
transmitted cyclically to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) for the respective totalizer 1 to 3.
→ Page 106
• Enter the desired unit for the totalizer:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
UNIT TOTALIZER (6134)
• Configure totalizer status (e.g. totalize):
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
SET TOTALIZER (6135) → Select the option TOTALIZE
• Set the totalizer mode:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
TOTALIZER MODE (6137) → Selection of one of the following options:
– BALANCE (factory setting): calculates the positive and negative flow portions
– POSITIVE: calculates the positive flow portions
– NEGATIVE: calculates the negative flow portions
– HOLD VALUE: The totalizer remains at the last value
! Note!
For the calculation of the positive and negative flow portions (BALANCE) or the negative
flow portions (NEGATIVE) to be carried out correctly, the selection BIDIRECTIONAL must
be active in the function BASIC FUNCTION (G) → SYSTEM PARAMETER (GLA) →
SETTINGS (660) → MEASURING MODE (6601).
7.
Select the operating mode:
Select the operating mode (GSD file) which should be used for cyclic communication with the
PROFIBUS master.
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → OPERATION (614) →
SELECTION GSD (6140) → Selection of one of the following options:
– MANUFACT. SPEC. (factory setting): the complete device functionality is
available.
– MANUFACT V2.0 The device is used as the replacement for the previous Promag 33 model
(compatibility mode).
– PROFILE-GSD: The device is operated in the PROFIBUS Profile mode.
! Note!
For PROFIBUS network configuration, make sure that the right device master file (GSD file) of
the measuring device is used for the selected operating mode:→ Page 100 ff.
8.
Endress+Hauser
Configuration of cyclic data transmission in the PROFIBUS master:
A detailed description of the cyclic data transmission is contained on → Page 104 ff.
99
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.5
PROFIBUS DP/PA system integration
6.5.1
Device master file (GSD file)
For PROFIBUS network configuration, the device master file (GSD file) is needed for every bus user
(PROFIBUS slave). The GSD file contains a description of the properties of a PROFIBUS device, such
as supported data transmission rate and number of input and output data.
Before configuration takes place, a decision should be made as to which GSD file should be used to
operate the measuring device in the PROFIBUS DP master system.
The measuring device supports the following GSD files:
• Promag 53 GSD file (manufacturer-specific GSD file, complete device functionality)
• PROFIBUS Profile GSD file:
• Promag 33 GSD file (compatibility to previous model Promag 33)
Below you will find a detailed description of the GSD files supported.
Promag 53 GSD file (manufacturer-specific GSD file, complete device functionality)
Use this GSD file to access the complete functionality of the measuring device. In this way, devicespecific measured variables and functions are thus completely available in the PROFIBUS master
system. An overview of the modules available (input and output data) is contained on the following
pages:
PROFIBUS DP → Page 104 ff.
PROFIBUS PA→ Page 114 ff.
GSD file with standard or extended format:
The GSD file with either the standard or the extended format must be used depending on the
configuration software used. When installing the GSD file, the GSD file with the extended format
(EH3x15xx.gsd) should always be used first.
However, if the installation or the configuration of the measuring device fails with this format, then
use the standard GSD (EH3_15xx.gsd). This differentiation is the result of different implementation
of the GSD formats in the master systems. Note the specifications of the configuration software.
Name of the Promag 53 GSD file
ID No.
GSD file
Type file
Bitmaps
PROFIBUS DP 1526 (Hex) Extended Format
(recommended):
Standard Format:
EH3x1526.gsd
EH3_1526.gsd
EH_1526.200 EH_1526_d.bmp/.dib
EH_1526_n.bmp/.dib
EH_1526_s.bmp/.dib
PROFIBUS PA 1527 (Hex) Extended Format
(recommended):
Standard Format:
EH3x1527.gsd
EH3_1527.gsd
EH_1527.200 EH_1527_d.bmp/.dib
EH_1527_n.bmp/.dib
EH_1527_s.bmp/.dib
How to acquire:
• Internet (Endress+Hauser) → www.endress.de (→ Download → Software → Drivers)
• CD-ROM with all GSD files for Endress+Hauser devices → Order No.: 56003894
100
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
Contents of the downloadfile from the Internet and the CD-ROM:
• All Endress+Hauser GSD files (standard and extended format)
• Endress+Hauser type files
• Endress+Hauser bitmap files
• Useful information relating to the devices
PROFIBUS Profile GSD file:
The function scope of the profile GSD file is defined by the PROFIBUS Profile Specification 3.0. The
function scope is restricted compared to the manufacturer-specific GSD file (complete device
functionality). However, similar devices from different manufacturers can be interchanged with the
profile GSD file without the need to reconfigure (interchangeability).
The following modules are supported with the Profile GSD file:
→
"AI Flow" module
"AI Density" module →
"Totalizer" module
→
Analog Input function block 1 / output variable: volume flow
Analog Input function block 2 / output variable: mass flow
Totalizer function block 1 / output variable: totalized volume flow
Name of the PROFIBUS Profile GSD file
ID No.
Profile GSD file
PROFIBUS DP 9741 (Hex)
PA039741.gsd
PROFIBUS PA 9741 (Hex)
PA139741.gsd
Source
Internet (GSD library of the PROFIBUS User Organization) → www.PROFIBUS.com
Promag 33 GSD file:
Promag 33 with Profile Version 2.0 is the precursor to the Promag 53.
If Promag 33 is already being operated in the system and the measuring device has to be replaced,
Promag 53 can be used as a replacement device without having to reconfigure the
PROFIBUS DP network.
Further information → Page 103.
Endress+Hauser
101
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.5.2
Selection of the GSD file in the measuring device
Depending on which GSD file is used in the PROFIBUS master system, the corresponding GSD file
has to be configured in the device by means of the SELECTION GSD function.
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP/PA (GBA/GCA) → OPERATION (614) → SELECTION
GSD (6140)
Promag 53 GSD file:
→
Select: MANUFACT. SPEC. (factory setting)
Profile GSD file
→
Select: PROFILE-GSD
Promag 33 GSD file:
→
Select: MANUFACT V2.0
Example
Before configuration takes place, a decision should be made as to which GSD file should be used to
configure the measuring device in the PROFIBUS master system. Below, the use of the
manufacturer-specific GSD file (complete device functionality) is shown using PROFIBUS PA as an
example:
Select the manufacturer-specific GSD file in the measuring device by means of the SELECTION
GSD function.
BASIC FUNCTION (G)→ PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → OPERATION (614) → SELECTION GSD
(6140)→ Selection: MANUFACT. SPEC. (factory setting)
1.
Before configuring the network, load the corresponding GSD file into the configuration
system/master system.
! Note!
When installing the GSD file, always first use the GSD file with the extended format
(EH3x1527.gsd). However, if the installation or the configuration of the device fails with this
format, then use the standard GSD (EH3_1527.gsd).
Example for the configuration software Siemens STEP 7 of the Siemens PLC family S7-300/
400:
Use the GSD file with the extended format (EH3x1527.gsd). Copy the file to the subdirectory
"…siemensstep7s7datagsd". The GSD files also include bitmap files. These bitmap files are
used to display the measuring points in image form. The bitmap files must be saved to the
directory "…siemensstep7s7datansbmp".
If you are using configuration software other than that referred to above, ask your PROFIBUS
master system manufacturer which directory you should use.
2.
102
The measuring device is a modular PROFIBUS slave, i.e. the desired module configuration
(input and output data) must be performed in the next step. This can be done directly by means
of the configuration software. A detailed description of the modules supported by the
measuring device as follows:
PROFIBUS DP → Page 104 ff.
PROFIBUS PA→ Page 114 ff.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
6.5.3
Compatibility to the previous model Promag 33
(Profile Version 2.0)
Promag 33 with Profile Version 2.0 is the precursor to Promag 53. If Promag 33 is already being
operated in the system and if the measuring device has to be replaced, Promag 53 can be used as a
replacement device without having to reconfigure the PROFIBUS network.
In the event of a device being replaced, Promag 53 completely supports the compatibility of the
cyclic data with the previous Promag 33 model.
The measuring devices can be exchanged as follows:
Existing device:
GSD file used:
Promag 33 PROFIBUS DP
(ID No. 0x1511)
Extended Format:
or
Standard Format:
EH3x1511.gsd
Extended Format:
or
Standard Format:
EH3x1505.gsd
Promag 33 PROFIBUS PA
(ID No. 0x1505)
→
To be replaced with:
→
Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP
→
Promag 53 PROFIBUS PA
EH3_1511.gsd
EH3_1505.gsd
Promag 53 is accepted as the replacement device if the MANUFACT V2.0 option is activated in the
SELECTION GSD (6140) function.
The measuring device automatically detects that a Promag 33 device was configured in the
automation system and makes both suitable input and output data and measured value status
information available even though the devices differ in name and ID number. You do not have to
adjust the configuration of the PROFIBUS network in the automation system.
Procedure after replacing the measuring devices:
!
1.
Set the same (old) device address → FIELDBUS ADDRESS (6101) function
2.
In the SELECTION GSD (6140) function → Select MANUFACT V2.0
3.
Restart the measuring device → SYSTEM RESET (8046) function
Note!
If necessary, the following settings have to be configured via an operating program:
• Configuration of the application-specific parameters
• Configuration of the system units for the measured values and totalizers.
6.5.4
Maximum number of writes
If a nonvolatile device parameter is modified via the cyclic or acyclic data transmission, this change
is saved in the EEPROM of the measuring device.
The number of writes to the EEPROM is technically restricted to a maximum of 1 million. Attention
must be paid to this limit since, if exceeded, it results in data loss and measuring device failure. For
this reason, avoid constantly writing nonvolatile device parameters via the PROFIBUS!
Endress+Hauser
103
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.6
PROFIBUS DP cyclic data transmission
Below is a description of the cyclic data transmission when using the Promag 53 GSD file (complete
device functionality).
6.6.1
Block model
The block model illustrated shows which input and output data the measuring device provides for
cyclic data transmission via PROFIBUS DP.
Signal
processing
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
-
+
E
Local
Display
Transducer
block
Measured variable 1
Measured variable 2
Measured variable 3
Measured variable …
Output value AI
Analog Input 1
Output value AI
Analog Input 2
Configuration SETTOT, MODETOT
-
Esc
+
E
PROFIBUS
PROFILE
Parameter
Out value TOTAL
Totalizer 1
Configuration SETTOT, MODETOT
Totalizer 2
Manufacturer
specific
Parameter
Out value TOTAL
Configuration SETTOT, MODETOT
Totalizer 3
Measured variable 1
Out value TOTAL
PROFIBUS DP
Physical
Block
Measured variable 2
Display value (DISPLAY_VALUE)
Control (CONTROL_BLOCK)
Batching quantity (BATCHING_QUANTITY)
Compensation quantity (BATCHING_FIX_COMP_QUANTITY)
a0004625-en
Fig. 62:
6.6.2
Block model for Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP Profile 3.0
Modules for cyclic data transmission
The measuring device is a so-called modular PROFIBUS slave. In contrast to a compact slave, the
structure of a modular slave is variable - it consists of several individual modules. In the GSD file,
the individual modules (input and output data) are described with their individual properties. The
modules are permanently assigned to the slots, i.e. the sequence or arrangement of the modules
must be observed when configuring the modules (see following table). Gaps between configured
modules have to be assigned the EMPTY_MODULE module.
To optimize the data throughput rate of the PROFIBUS network, it is recommended to only
configure modules that are processed in the PROFIBUS master system.
104
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
It is essential to adhere to the following sequence/assignment when configuring the modules in the
PROFIBUS master system:
!
Slot
sequence
Module
1
AI
2
TOTAL or
SETTOT_TOTAL or
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
Totalizer function block 1
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
3
TOTAL or
SETTOT_TOTAL or
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
Totalizer function block 2
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
4
TOTAL or
SETTOT_TOTAL or
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
Totalizer function block 3
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
5
AI
6
DISPLAY_VALUE
7
CONTROL_BLOCK
8
BATCHING_QUANTITY
9
BATCHING_FIX_COMP_QUANTITY
Description
Analog Input function block 1
Output variable → volume flow (factory setting)
Analog Input function block 2
Output variable → mass flow (factory setting)
Value for local display
Control of device functions
Batching quantity
Fixed correction quantity
Note!
• The assignment of the measured variables for the Analog Input function blocks (1 to 2) and the
totalizer function blocks (1 to 3) can be changed by means of the CHANNEL function. A detailed
description of the individual modules is contained in the following section.
• The device has to be reset once a new configuration has been loaded to the automation system.
This can be effected as follows:
– By means of the local display
– By means of an operating program (e.g. FieldCare)
– By switching the supply voltage off and on again.
6.6.3
Description of the modules
AI (Analog Input) module
The AI module (slots 1, 5) cyclically transmits the corresponding measured variable, including the
status, to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1). The measured variable is represented in the first
four bytes in the form of floating point numbers in accordance with the IEEE 754 standard. The fifth
byte contains standardized status information corresponding to the measured variable.
Further information on the device status → Page 132
Input data
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
measured variable (IEEE 754 floating point number)
Endress+Hauser
Byte 5
Status
105
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Assignment of the measured variables to the AI module
The AI module can transmit different measured variables to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1).
The measured variables are assigned to the Analog Input function blocks 1 to 2 by means of the local
display or with the aid of an operating program (e.g. FieldCare) in the CHANNEL function:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → FUNCTION BLOCKS (612) →
BLOCK SELECTION (6120): Selection of an Analog Input function block →
CHANNEL (6123): Selection of a measured variable
Possible settings
Measured variable
ID for CHANNEL function
VOLUME FLOW
273
MASS FLOW
277
The following measured variables are available when the additional "batching" software is installed (order
option)
!
BATCH UPWARDS
1346
BATCH DOWNWARDS
1347
BATCH COUNTER
1348
BATCH SUM
1349
BATCHING TIME
1354
Note!
The measured variables for the additional "batching" software are available only when they are
installed in the measuring device. If the measured variable is selected even if the additional software
is not installed, the value "0" is transmitted to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) for the measured
variable.
Factory setting
Module
Analog Input
function block
Measured variable
ID for CHANNEL function
AI (slot 1)
1
VOLUME FLOW
273
AI (slot 5)
2
MASS FLOW
277
TOTAL module
The measuring device has three totalizer function blocks. The totalizer values can be cyclically
transmitted to the PROFIBUS (Class 1) via the TOTAL module (slots 2 to 4). The totalizer value is
represented in the first four bytes in the form of a floating point number in accordance with the IEEE
754 standard. The fifth byte contains standardized status information corresponding to the totalizer
value.
Further information on the device status → Page 132
Input data
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Totalizer value (IEEE 754 floating point number)
106
Byte 5
Status
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
Assignment of the measured variables to the TOTAL module
The TOTAL module can transmit different totalizer variables to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1).
The measured variables are assigned to the totalizer function blocks 1 to 3 by means of the local
display or with the aid of an operating program (e.g. FieldCare) in the CHANNEL function:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS DP (GBA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
SELECT TOTALIZER (6130): Selection of a totalizer →
CHANNEL (6133): Selection of measured variable
Possible settings
Totalizer value/measured variable
ID for CHANNEL function
VOLUME FLOW
273
MASS FLOW
277
OFF
0
Factory setting
Module
Totalizer
function block
Totalizer value/
Measured variable
Unit
ID for CHANNEL
function
TOTAL (slot 2)
1
VOLUME FLOW
m3
273
TOTAL (slot 3)
2
VOLUME FLOW
m3
273
TOTAL (slot 4)
3
VOLUME FLOW
m3
273
SETTOT_TOTAL module
The module combination SETTOT_TOTAL (slots 2 to 4) consists of the functions SETTOT and
TOTAL.
With this module combination:
• The totalizer can be controlled via the automation system (SETTOT).
• The totalizer value, is transmitted, including the status (TOTAL)
SETTOT function
In the SETTOT function, the totalizer can be controlled via control variables.
The following control variables are supported:
• 0 = Totalize (factory setting)
• 1 = Reset totalizer (the totalizer value is reset to 0)
• 2 = Accept totalizer preset
!
Note!
After the totalizer value has been reset to 0 or set to the preset value, the totalizing continues
automatically. The control variable does not have to be changed to 0 again to restart totalizing.
Stopping totalizing is controlled in the SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module via the MODETOT
function. → Page 108
TOTAL function
For a description of the TOTAL function, refer to TOTAL module → Page 106
Endress+Hauser
107
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Data structure of the SETTOT_TOTAL module combination
Output data
Input data
SETTOT
TOTAL
Byte 1
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Byte 5
Control
Totalizer value (IEEE 754 floating point number)
Status
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module
The module combination SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL (slots 2 to 4) consists of the functions
SETTOT, MODETOT and TOTAL.
With this module combination:
• The totalizer can be controlled via the automation system (SETTOT).
• The totalizer can be configured via the automation system (MODETOT).
• The totalizer value, is transmitted, including the status (TOTAL)
SETTOT function
For a description of the SETTOT function, refer to SETOT_TOTAL module → Page 107
MODETOT function
In the MODETOT function, the totalizer can be configured via control variables.
The following settings are possible:
• 0 = Balance (factory setting), calculates the positive and negative flow portions
• 1 = calculates the positive flow portions
• 2 = calculates the negative flow portions
• 3 = Totalizing is stopped
!
Note!
For the calculation of the positive and negative flow portions (control variable 0) or the negative
flow portions only (control variable 2) to be carried out correctly, the option BIDIRECTIONAL must
be active in the MEASURING MODE (6601) function.
TOTAL function
For a description of the TOTAL function, refer to TOTAL module → Page 106
Data structure of the SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module combination
Output data
SETTOT
MODETOT
Byte 1
Byte 2
Control
Configuration
Input data
TOTAL
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Byte 5
Totalizer value (IEEE 754 floating point number)
Status
Example of using the SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module
If the SETTOT function is set to 1 (= reset the totalizer), the value for the aggregated total is reset
to 0.
If the aggregated total of the totalizer should constantly retain the value 0, the MODETOT function
must first be set to 3 (= totalizing is stopped) and then the SETTOT function must be set to 1 (=
reset the totalizer).
108
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
DISPLAY_VALUE module
Any value (IEEE 754 floating point number), including status, can be cyclically transmitted via the
PROFIBUS master (Class 1) directly to the local display using the DISPLAY_VALUE module (slot 6).
Display value assignment to the main line, additional line or information line can be configured via
the local display itself or an operating program (e.g. FieldCare).
Output data
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Display value (IEEE 754 floating point
number)
Byte 5
Status
Status
The measuring device interprets the status in accordance with PROFIBUS Profile Specification
Version 3.0. The statuses OK, BAD and UNCERTAIN are indicated on the local display by a
corresponding symbol. → Page 67
CONTROL_BLOCK module
By means of the CONTROL_BLOCK module (slot 7), the measuring device is able to process devicespecific control variables from the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) in cyclic data transmission (e.g.
switching on positive zero return).
Supported control variables of the CONTROL_BLOCK module
The following device-specific control variables can be activated by changing the output byte from 0
→ x:
Module
Control variables
0 → 2: Positive zero return ON
0 → 3: Positive zero return OFF
0 → 8: UNIDIRECTIONAL measuring mode
0 → 9: BIDIRECTIONAL measuring mode
0 → 24: Run UNIT TO BUS function
Control variables that are executed only if the measuring device is equipped
with the optional Electrode Cleaning Circuit (ECC)
0 → 5: ECC OFF
0 → 6: ECC ON
The following control variables are only executed if the measuring device has a
relay output.
CONTROL_BLOCK
0 → 50: Relay output 1 OFF
0 → 51: Relay output 1 ON
0 → 55: Relay output 2 OFF
0 → 56: Relay output 2 ON
Control variables that are executed only if the "Batching" software plug-in is
installed in the measuring device
0 → 30: Select batching specification 1
0 → 31: Select batching specification 2
0 → 32: Select batching specification 3
0 → 33: Select batching specification 4
0 → 34: Select batching specification 5
0 → 35: Select batching specification 6
0 → 40: Stop batching
0 → 41: Start batching
0 → 42: Interrupt (pause) batching
0 → 43: Continue batching
0 → 44: Reset the fault message (affects the following batching fault messages: # 471,
472, 473, 474)
0 → 46: Reset batching counter and total batching quantity to 0
Endress+Hauser
109
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
!
Note!
The control (e.g. switching on positive zero return) is executed by cyclic data transmission if the
output byte
switches from "0" to the bit pattern in question. The output byte must always switch from "0". A
switchback to "0" does not have any effect.
Example (change the output byte)
From
→
To
0
→
2
Positive zero return is switched on.
2
→
0
No effect
0
→
3
Positive zero return is switched off.
3
→
2
No effect
Result
Output data
Byte 1
Control
BATCHING_QUANTITY module
The value of the quantity to be batched (IEEE 754 floating point number), including status, can be
cyclically transmitted by the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) to the measuring device using the
BATCHING_QUANTITY module (slot 8). If the batch quantity specified here is achieved, the
closing contact for valve 1 is activated. The unit selected in the measuring device is used as the unit.
"
!
Caution!
The batching quantity is a nonvolatile device parameter. For this reason, avoid constantly writing
this device parameter via PROFIBUS! → Page 103
Note!
• This module is only evaluated by the measuring device if the additional "batching" software is
installed in the measuring device (order option).
• Further explanation of the parameter BATCH QUANTITY (7203) is contained in the "Description
of Device Functions" manual, which is a separate part of this Operating Manual.
Output data
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Batch quantity (IEEE 754 floating point
number)
!
110
Byte 5
Status
Note!
The status is not evaluated by the device.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
BATCHING_FIX_COMP_QUANTITY module
A positive or negative correction value (IEEE 754 floating point number), including status, can be
cyclically transmitted by the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) to the measuring device using the
BATCHING_FIX_COMP_QUANTITY module (slot 9). The correction quantity balances out a
constant, system-related incorrect quantity. This can be caused, for example, by a pump overrunning or by the closing time of a valve. The correction quantity is determined by the system
operator. A negative compensation quantity must be specified for overbatching and a positive
correction quantity for underbatching. The permitted input range is +/- 10% of the batch quantity.
The unit selected in the measuring device is used as the unit.
"
!
Caution!
The batching quantity is a nonvolatile device parameter. For this reason, avoid constantly writing
this device parameter via PROFIBUS!→ Page 103
Note!
• This module is only evaluated by the measuring device if the additional "batching" software is
installed in the measuring device (order option).
• If the input range is not sufficient for the correction quantity, the batching quantity may have to
be adjusted.
• Further explanation of the parameter FIX COMPENSATION QUANTITY (7204) is contained in
the "Description of Device Functions" manual, which is a separate part of this Operating Manual.
Output data:
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Fixed correction quantity (IEEE 754 floating point
number)
!
Byte 5
Status
Note!
The status is not evaluated by the device.
EMPTY_MODULE module
The measuring device is a so-called modular PROFIBUS slave. In contrast to a compact slave, the
structure of a modular slave is variable - it consists of several individual modules. In the GSD file,
the individual modules are described with their individual properties. The modules are permanently
assigned to the slots, i.e. the sequence or arrangement of the modules must be observed when
configuring the modules. Gaps between configured modules have to be assigned the
EMPTY_MODULE module.
For a more detailed description, see → Page 105
Endress+Hauser
111
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.6.4
Configuration examples with Simatic S7 HW-Konfig
Example 1
a0004787
Fig. 63:
Complete configuration using the Promag 53 GSD file (complete device functionality)
It is essential to adhere to the following sequence when configuring the modules in the PROFIBUS
master (Class 1):
Slot
sequence
Module
Byte length
input data
Byte length
output data
1
AI
5
-
Analog Input function block 1
Output variable → volume flow (factory setting)
112
Description
2
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
5
2
Totalizer function block 1
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
3
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
5
2
Totalizer function block 2
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
4
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
5
2
Totalizer function block 3
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
5
AI
5
-
Analog Input function block 2
Output variable → mass flow (factory setting)
6
DISPLAY_VALUE
-
5
Value for local display
7
CONTROL_BLOCK
-
1
Control of device functions
8
BATCHING_QUANTITY
-
5
Batching quantity
9
BATCHING_FIX_COMP_QUANTITY
-
5
Fixed correction quantity
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
Example 2
a0004788
Fig. 64:
In this example, modules that are not needed are replaced by the module EMPTY_MODULE.
The Promag 53 GSD file is used (manufacturer-specific GSD file, complete device functionality)
With this configuration, the Analog Input function block 1 (slot 1), the totalizer value TOTAL (slot
2) and the cyclic control of device functions CONTROL_BLOCK (slot 7) are activated. The volume
flow (factory setting) is read out cyclically by the measuring device by means of Analog Input
function block 1. The totalizer is configured "without configuration". In other words, in this
example it only returns the totalizer value for the volume flow by means of the TOTAL module and
cannot be controlled by the PROFIBUS master (Class 1).
Slot sequence
Module
Byte length
input data
Byte length
output data
1
AI
5
-
Analog Input function block 1
Output variable → volume flow (factory setting)
2
TOTAL
5
-
Totalizer function block 1
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
3
EMPTY_MODULE
-
-
Empty
4
EMPTY_MODULE
-
-
Empty
5
EMPTY_MODULE
-
-
Empty
6
EMPTY_MODULE
-
-
Empty
7
CONTROL_BLOCK
-
1
Control of device functions
Endress+Hauser
Description
113
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.7
PROFIBUS PA cyclic data transmission
Below is a description of the cyclic data transmission when using the Promag 53 GSD file (complete
device functionality).
6.7.1
Block model
The block model illustrated shows which input and output data the measuring device provides for
cyclic data transmission via PROFIBUS PA.
Signal
processing
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
-
+
E
Local
Display
Transducer
block
Measured variable 1
Measured variable 2
Measured variable 3
Measured variable …
Output value AI
Analog Input 1
Analog Input 2
Output value AI
Configuration SETTOT, MODETOT
-
Esc
+
E
PROFIBUS
PROFILE
Parameter
Totalizer 1
Totalizer 2
Manufacturer
specific
Parameter
Out value TOTAL
Configuration SETTOT, MODETOT
Totalizer 3
Measured variable 1
Out value TOTAL
Configuration SETTOT, MODETOT
Out value TOTAL
PROFIBUS PA
Physical
Block
Measured variable 2
Display value (DISPLAY_VALUE)
Control (CONTROL_BLOCK)
a0004625-en
Fig. 65:
6.7.2
Block model for Promag 53 PROFIBUS PA Profile 3.0
Modules for cyclic data transmission
The measuring device is a so-called modular PROFIBUS slave. In contrast to a compact slave, the
structure of a modular slave is variable - it consists of several individual modules. In the GSD file,
the individual modules (input and output data) are described with their individual properties. The
modules are permanently assigned to the slots, i.e. the sequence or arrangement of the modules
must be observed when configuring the modules (see following table). Gaps between configured
modules have to be assigned the EMPTY_MODULE module.
To optimize the data throughput rate of the PROFIBUS network, it is recommended to only
configure modules that are processed in the PROFIBUS master system.
114
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
It is essential to adhere to the following sequence/assignment when configuring the modules in the
PROFIBUS master system:
!
Slot
sequence
Module
1
AI
2
TOTAL or
SETTOT_TOTAL or
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
Totalizer function block 1
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
3
TOTAL or
SETTOT_TOTAL or
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
Totalizer function block 2
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
4
TOTAL or
SETTOT_TOTAL or
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
Totalizer function block 3
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
5
AI
6
DISPLAY_VALUE
7
CONTROL_BLOCK
Description
Analog Input function block 1
Output variable → volume flow (factory setting)
Analog Input function block 2
Output variable → mass flow (factory setting)
Value for local display
Control of device functions
Note!
• The assignment of the measured variables for the Analog Input function blocks (1 to 2) and the
totalizer function blocks (1 to 3) can be changed by means of the CHANNEL function. A detailed
description of the individual modules is contained in the following section.
• The device has to be reset once a new configuration has been loaded to the automation system.
This can be effected as follows:
– By means of the local display
– By means of an operating program (e.g. FieldCare)
– By switching the supply voltage off and on again.
6.7.3
Description of the modules
AI (Analog Input) module
The AI module (slots 1, 5) cyclically transmits the corresponding measured variable, including the
status, to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1). The measured variable is represented in the first
four bytes in the form of floating point numbers in accordance with the IEEE 754 standard. The fifth
byte contains standardized status information corresponding to the measured variable.
Further information on the device status → Page 132
Input data
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
measured variable (IEEE 754 floating point number)
Endress+Hauser
Byte 5
Status
115
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Assignment of the measured variables to the AI module
The AI module can transmit different measured variables to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1).
The measured variables are assigned to the Analog Input function blocks 1 to 2 by means of the local
display or with the aid of an operating program (e.g. FieldCare) in the CHANNEL function:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → FUNCTION BLOCKS (612) →
BLOCK SELECTION (6120): Selection of an Analog Input function block →
CHANNEL (6123): Selection of a measured variable
Possible settings
Measured variable
!
ID for CHANNEL function
VOLUME FLOW
273
MASS FLOW
277
Note!
The measured variables for the additional "batching" software are available only when they are
installed in the measuring device. If the measured variable is selected even if the additional software
is not installed, the value "0" is transmitted to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) for the measured
variable.
Factory setting
Module
Analog Input
function block
Measured variable
ID for CHANNEL function
AI (slot 1)
1
VOLUME FLOW
273
AI (slot 5)
2
MASS FLOW
277
TOTAL module
The measuring device has three totalizer function blocks. The totalizer values can be cyclically
transmitted to the PROFIBUS (Class 1) via the TOTAL module (slots 2 to 4). The totalizer value is
represented in the first four bytes in the form of a floating point number in accordance with the IEEE
754 standard. The fifth byte contains standardized status information corresponding to the totalizer
value.
Further information on the device status → Page 132
Input data
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Totalizer value (IEEE 754 floating point number)
Byte 5
Status
Assignment of the measured variables to the TOTAL module
The TOTAL module can transmit different totalizer variables to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1).
The measured variables are assigned to the totalizer function blocks 1 to 3 by means of the local
display or with the aid of an operating program (e.g. FieldCare) in the CHANNEL function:
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
SELECT TOTALIZER (6130): Selection of a totalizer →
CHANNEL (6133): Selection of measured variable
116
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
Possible settings
Totalizer value/measured variable
ID for CHANNEL function
VOLUME FLOW
273
MASS FLOW
277
OFF
0
Factory setting
Module
Totalizer
function block
Totalizer value/
Measured variable
Unit
ID for CHANNEL
function
TOTAL (slot 2)
1
VOLUME FLOW
m3
273
TOTAL (slot 3)
2
VOLUME FLOW
m3
273
TOTAL (slot 4)
3
VOLUME FLOW
m3
273
Example:
You want to cyclically transmit the totalized volume flow as totalizer value 1 to the PROFIBUS
master (Class 1) by means of the TOTAL module (slot 7):
BASIC FUNCTION (G) → PROFIBUS PA (GCA) → TOTALIZER (613) →
select TOTALIZER (6130): Select TOTALIZER 1, then select CHANNEL (6133) = VOLUME FLOW
SETTOT_TOTAL module
The module combination SETTOT_TOTAL (slots 2 to 4) consists of the functions SETTOT and
TOTAL.
With this module combination:
• The totalizer can be controlled via the automation system (SETTOT).
• The totalizer value, is transmitted, including the status (TOTAL)
SETTOT function
In the SETTOT function, the totalizer can be controlled via control variables.
The following control variables are supported:
• 0 = Totalize (factory setting)
• 1 = Reset totalizer (the totalizer value is reset to 0)
• 2 = Accept totalizer preset
!
Note!
After the totalizer value has been reset to 0 or set to the preset value, the totalizing continues
automatically. The control variable does not have to be changed to 0 again to restart totalizing.
Stopping totalizing is controlled in the SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module via the MODETOT
function. → Page 108
TOTAL function
For a description of the TOTAL function, refer to TOTAL module → Page 106
Endress+Hauser
117
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Data structure of the SETTOT_TOTAL module combination
Output data
Input data
SETTOT
TOTAL
Byte 1
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Byte 5
Control
Totalizer value (IEEE 754 floating point number)
Status
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module
The module combination SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL (slots 2 to 4) consists of the functions
SETTOT, MODETOT and TOTAL.
With this module combination:
• The totalizer can be controlled via the automation system (SETTOT).
• The totalizer can be configured via the automation system (MODETOT).
• The totalizer value, is transmitted, including the status (TOTAL)
SETTOT function
For a description of the SETTOT function, refer to SETOT_TOTAL module → Page 107
MODETOT function
In the MODETOT function, the totalizer can be configured via control variables.
The following settings are possible:
• 0 = Balance (factory setting), calculates the positive and negative flow portions
• 1 = calculates the positive flow portions
• 2 = calculates the negative flow portions
• 3 = Totalizing is stopped
!
Note!
For the calculation of the positive and negative flow portions (control variable 0) or the negative
flow portions only (control variable 2) to be carried out correctly, the option BIDIRECTIONAL must
be active in the MEASURING MODE (6601) function.
TOTAL function
For a description of the TOTAL function, refer to TOTAL module → Page 106
Data structure of the SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module combination
Output data
SETTOT
MODETOT
Byte 1
Byte 2
Control
Configuration
Input data
TOTAL
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Byte 5
Totalizer value (IEEE 754 floating point number)
Status
Example of using the SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module
If the SETTOT function is set to 1 (= reset the totalizer), the value for the aggregated total is reset
to 0.
If the aggregated total of the totalizer should constantly retain the value 0, the MODETOT function
must first be set to 3 (= totalizing is stopped) and then the SETTOT function must be set to 1 (=
reset the totalizer).
118
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
DISPLAY_VALUE module
Any value (IEEE 754 floating point number), including status, can be cyclically transmitted via the
PROFIBUS master (Class 1) directly to the local display using the DISPLAY_VALUE module (slot 6).
Display value assignment to the main line, additional line or information line can be configured via
the local display itself or an operating program (e.g. FieldCare).
Output data
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Display value (IEEE 754 floating point
number)
Byte 5
Status
Status
The measuring device interprets the status in accordance with PROFIBUS Profile Specification
Version 3.0. The statuses OK, BAD and UNCERTAIN are indicated on the local display by a
corresponding symbol. → Page 67
CONTROL_BLOCK module
By means of the CONTROL_BLOCK module (slot 7), the measuring device is able to process devicespecific control variables from the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) in cyclic data transmission (e.g.
switching on positive zero return).
Supported control variables of the CONTROL_BLOCK module
The following device-specific control variables can be activated by changing the output byte from 0
→ x:
Module
CONTROL_BLOCK
Control variables
0 → 2: Positive zero return ON
0 → 3: Positive zero return OFF
0 → 8: UNIDIRECTIONAL measuring mode
0 → 9: BIDIRECTIONAL measuring mode
0 → 24: Run UNIT TO BUS function
Control variables that are executed only if the measuring device is equipped
with the optional Electrode Cleaning Circuit (ECC)
0 → 5: ECC OFF
0 → 6: ECC ON
!
Endress+Hauser
Note!
The control (e.g. switching on positive zero return) is executed by cyclic data transmission if the
output byte
switches from "0" to the bit pattern in question. The output byte must always switch from "0". A
switchback to "0" does not have any effect.
119
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Example (change the output byte)
From
→
To
0
→
2
Positive zero return is switched on.
2
→
0
No effect
0
→
3
Positive zero return is switched off.
3
→
2
No effect
Result
Output data
Byte 1
Control
EMPTY_MODULE module
The measuring device is a so-called modular PROFIBUS slave. In contrast to a compact slave, the
structure of a modular slave is variable - it consists of several individual modules. In the GSD file,
the individual modules are described with their individual properties. The modules are permanently
assigned to the slots, i.e. the sequence or arrangement of the modules must be observed when
configuring the modules. Gaps between configured modules have to be assigned the
EMPTY_MODULE module.
For a more detailed description, see → Page 105
120
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Commissioning
6.7.4
Configuration examples with Simatic S7 HW-Konfig
Example 1
a00047879
Fig. 66:
Complete configuration using the Promag 53 GSD file (complete device functionality)
It is essential to adhere to the following sequence when configuring the modules in the PROFIBUS
master (Class 1):
Slot
sequence
Module
Byte length
input data
Byte length
output data
1
AI
5
-
Analog Input function block 1
Output variable → volume flow (factory setting)
Description
2
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
5
2
Totalizer function block 1
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
3
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
5
2
Totalizer function block 2
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
4
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
5
2
Totalizer function block 3
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
SETTOT → totalizer control
MODETOT → totalizer configuration
5
AI
5
-
Analog Input function block 2
Output variable → mass flow (factory setting)
6
DISPLAY_VALUE
-
5
Value for local display
7
CONTROL_BLOCK
-
1
Control of device functions
Endress+Hauser
121
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Example 2
a0004790
Fig. 67:
In this example, modules that are not needed are replaced by the module EMPTY_MODULE.
The Promag 53 GSD file is used (manufacturer-specific GSD file, complete device functionality)
With this configuration, the Analog Input function block 1 (slot 1), the totalizer value TOTAL (slot
2) and the cyclic control of device functions CONTROL_BLOCK (slot 7) are activated. The volume
flow (factory setting) is read out cyclically by the measuring device by means of Analog Input
function block 1. The totalizer is configured "without configuration". In other words, in this
example it only returns the totalizer value for the volume flow by means of the TOTAL module and
cannot be controlled by the PROFIBUS master (Class 1).
Slot sequence
Module
Byte length
input data
Byte length
output data
1
AI
5
-
Analog Input function block 1
Output variable → volume flow (factory setting)
2
TOTAL
5
-
Totalizer function block 1
TOTAL → output variable = volume flow (factory setting)
3
EMPTY_MODULE
-
-
Empty
4
EMPTY_MODULE
-
-
Empty
5
EMPTY_MODULE
-
-
Empty
6
EMPTY_MODULE
-
-
Empty
7
CONTROL_BLOCK
-
1
Control of device functions
122
Description
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.8
Commissioning
PROFIBUS DP/PA acyclic data transmission
Acyclic data transmission is used to transmit parameters during commissioning or maintenance, or
to display additional measured variables that are not included in cyclic data traffic. Thus parameters
for identification, control or adjustment in the various blocks (physical block, transducer block,
function block) can be changed while the device is in the process of cyclic data transmission with a
PLC.
The measuring device supports the two basic types of acyclic data transmission:
• MS2AC communication with 2 available SAP´s
• MS1AC communication
6.8.1
Master class 2 acyclic (MS2AC)
MS2AC is acyclic data transmission between a field device and a Class 2 master (z.B. FieldCare,
Siemens PDM etc. → Page 73). During this process, the master opens a communication channel
via an SAP (Service Access Point) to access the device.
All parameters to be exchanged with a device via PROFIBUS must be made known to a Class 2
master. This assignment to each individual parameter takes place either in a device description
(DD), a DTM (Device Type Manager), or inside a software component in the master via slot and
index addressing.
When using MS2AC communication, note the following:
• As described above, a Class 2 master accesses a device via special SAP´s.
Therefore, the number of Class 2 masters that can communicate with a device simultaneously is
limited to the number of SAPs available for this data transmission.
• The use of a Class 2 master increases the cycle time of the bus system. This must be taken into
account when programming the control system used.
6.8.2
Master class 1 acyclic (MS1AC)
In MS1AC, a cyclic master, that is already reading the cyclic data from the device or writing to the
device opens the communication channel via the SAP 0x33 (special Service Access Point for
MS1AC) and can then read or write a parameter acyclically like a Class 2 master via the slot and
the index (if supported).
When using MS1AC communication, note the following:
• Currently, few PROFIBUS masters on the market support this data transmission.
• MS1AC is not supported by all PROFIBUS devices.
• In the user program, note that constant writing of parameters (for example, at every cycle of the
program) can drastically reduce the service life of a device. Acyclically written parameters are
written to voltage-resistant memory modules (EEPROM, Flash etc.). These memory modules are
designed for a limited number of write operations. In normal operation without MS1AC (during
parameter configuration), the number of write operations does not even come close to this
number. If programming is incorrect, this maximum number can be reached quickly, drastically
reducing a device's service life.
! Note!
The memory module of the measuring device is designed for one million write operations.
Endress+Hauser
123
Commissioning
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.9
Adjustment
6.9.1
Empty-pipe/Full-pipe adjustment
Flow cannot be measured correctly unless the measuring pipe is completely full.
This status can be monitored at all times with the Empty Pipe Detection function:
• EPD = Empty Pipe Detection (with the help of an EPD electrode)
• OED = Open Electrode Detection (Empty Pipe Detection with the help of the measuring
electrodes, if the sensor is not equipped with an EPD electrode or the orientation is not suitable
for using EPD).
"
!
Caution!
A detailed description and other helpful hints for the empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment procedure
are contained in the separate "Description of Device Functions" manual:
• EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT (6481) → Carrying out the adjustment.
• EPD (6420) → Switching on and off EPD/OED.
• EPD RESPONSE TIME (6425) → Input of the response time for EPD/OED.
Note!
• The EPD function is not available unless the sensor is fitted with an EPD electrode.
• The devices are already calibrated at the factory with water (approx. 500 μS/cm). If the liquid
conductivity differs from this reference, empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment has to be performed
again on site.
• The default setting for EPD/OED when the devices are delivered is OFF; the function has to be
activated if required.
• The EPD/OED process error can be output by means of the configurable relay outputs.
Performing empty-pipe and full-pipe adjustment (EPD/OED)
"
124
1.
Select the corresponding function in the function matrix:
HOME → F → R → BASIC FUNCTIONS → F → R → PROCESSPARAMETERS →
F → R → ADJUSTMENT → F → EPD/OED ADJUSTMENT
2.
Empty the piping. In case of an EPD adjustment, the wall of the measuring tube should be
wetted with fluid for the adjustment procedure but this is not the case with an OED
adjustment!
3.
Start empty-pipe adjustment: Select "EMPTY PIPE ADJUST" or "OED EMPTY ADJUST" and
press F to confirm.
4.
After empty-pipe adjustment, fill the piping with fluid.
5.
Start full-pipe adjustment: Select "FULL PIPE ADJUST" or "OED FULL ADJUST" and press F
to confirm.
6.
Having completed the adjustment, select the setting "OFF" and exit the function by pressing F.
7.
Now select the "EPD" function (6420). Switch on Empty Pipe Detection by selecting the
following settings:
– EPD → Select ON STANDARD or ON SPECIAL and press F to confirm.
– OED → Select OED and confirm with F.
Caution!
The adjustment coefficients must be valid before you can activate the EPD/OED function. If
adjustment is incorrect the following messages might appear on the display:
• ADJUSTMENT FULL = EMPTY
The adjustment values for empty pipe and full pipe are identical. In such cases, the empty-pipe/
full-pipe adjustment must be repeated!
• ADJUSTMENT NOT OK
Adjustment is not possible because the fluid’s conductivity is out of range.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
6.10
Commissioning
Data storage device (HistoROM), F-CHIP
At Endress+Hauser, the term HistoROM refers to various types of data storage modules on which
process and measuring device data is stored. By plugging and unplugging such modules, device
configurations can be duplicated onto other measuring devices to cite just one example.
6.10.1
HistoROM/S-DAT (Sensor DAT)
The S-DAT is an exchangeable data storage device in which all sensor relevant parameters are
stored, i.e., diameter, serial number, calibration factor, zero point.
6.10.2
HistoROM/T-DAT (Transmitter DAT)
The T-DAT is an exchangeable data storage device in which all transmitter parameters and settings
are stored.
Storing of specific parameter settings from the device memory (EEPROM) to the T-DAT module and
vice versa has to be carried out by the user (= manual save function). Detailed information about
the procedure → Page 94
6.10.3
"
Endress+Hauser
F-CHIP (Function Chip)
The F-Chip is a microprocessor chip that contains additional software packages that extend the
functionality and application possibilities of the transmitter.
In the case of a later upgrade, the F-CHIP can be ordered as an accessory and can simply be plugged
on to the I/O board. After start up, the software is immediately made available to the transmitter.
Accessories → Page 127
Plugging on to the I/O board → Page 145
Caution!
To ensure an unambiguous assignment, the F-CHIP is coded with the transmitter serial number
once it is plugged in. Thus, it can not be reused with other measuring devices.
125
Maintenance
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
7
Maintenance
No special maintenance work is required.
7.1
Exterior cleaning
When cleaning the exterior of measuring devices, always use cleaning agents that do not attack the
surface of the housing and the seals.
7.2
Seals
The seals of the Promag H sensor must be replaced cyclically, particularly in the case of molded seals
(aseptic version). The period between changes depends on the frequency of cleaning cycles, the
cleaning temperature and the fluid temperature.
Replacement seals (accessories)→ Page 128
126
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
8
Accessories
Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for the
transmitter and the sensor. The Endress+Hauser service organization can provide detailed
information on the order code of your choice.
8.1
Device-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Transmitter for replacement or for stock. Use the order
code to define the following specifications:
53XXX - XXXXX * * * * * * * *
Promag 53 transmitter
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Endress+Hauser
Approvals
Degree of protection / version
Cable type for the remote version
Cable entries
Display / power supply / operation
Software
Outputs / inputs
Conversion kit for
inputs/outputs
(PROFIBUS DP only)
Conversion kit with appropriate slot modules for
converting the present input/output configuration to a
new version.
DKUI - * *
Software packages for
Promag 53
(PROFIBUS DP only)
Software add-ons on F-CHIP, can be ordered individually: DK5SO - *
– Electrode Cleaning Circuitry (ECC)
– Batching
127
Accessories
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
8.2
Measuring principle-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Mounting kit for
Promag 53 transmitter
Mounting kit for wall-mounted housing (remote version).
Suitable for:
• Wall mounting
• Pipe mounting
• Panel mounting
DK5WM - *
Mounting set for aluminum housings. Suitable for:
• Pipe mounting
128
Cable for remote version
Coil and signal cables, various lengths. Reinforced cable
on request.
DK5CA - * *
Ground cable for
Promag W/P
A set consists of two ground cables.
DK5GC - * * *
Ground disk for
Promag W/P
Ground disk for potential matching
DK5GD * * *
Mounting kit for Promag H
Mounting kit for Promag H, comprising:
– 2 process connections
– Screws
– Seals
DKH * * - * * * *
Adapter connection for
Promag A, H
Adapter connections for installing Promag 53 H instead of DK5HA - * * * * * *
Promag 30/33 A or Promag 30/33 H DN 25.
Ground rings for Promag H
If the process connections are made of PVC or PVDF,
ground rings are necessary to ensure that potential is
matched. A set comprises 2 ground rings.
DK5HR - * * * *
Set of seals for Promag H
For regular replacement of the seals of the Promag H
sensor.
DK5HS - * * *
Wall-mounting kit for
Promag H
Wall-mounting kit for the Promag H sensor.
DK5HM - * *
Welding jig for Promag H
Weld nipples as process connection:
Welding jig for installation in pipes.
DK5HW - * * *
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
8.3
Endress+Hauser
Accessories
Service-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Applicator
Software for selecting and configuring flowmeters.
Applicator can be downloaded from the Internet or
ordered on CD-ROM for installation on a local PC.
Contact your
Endress+Hauser representative for more information.
DKA80 - *
Fieldcheck
Tester/simulator for testing flowmeters in the field.
When used in conjunction with the "FieldCare" software
package, test results can be imported into a database,
printed and used for official certification.
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more
information.
50098801
FieldCare
FieldCare is Endress+Hauser's FDT-based plant Asset
Management Tool. It can configure all the intelligent
field units in your system and helps you manage these
units. By providing status information, it is also a simple
but effective method of controlling the units' status.
See the product page on the
Endress+Hauser website:
www.endress.com
FXA193
The FXA193 service interface connects the device to the
PC for configuration via FieldCare.
FXA193 – *
129
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
9
Troubleshooting
9.1
Troubleshooting instructions
Always start troubleshooting with the following checklist if faults occur after commissioning or
during operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the problem and the appropriate
remedial measures.
Check the display
No display visible and no
output signals present.
No display visible, but
output signals are present.
1.
Check the supply voltage → Terminals 1, 2
2.
Check device fuse → Page 151
85 to 260 V AC: 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V
20 to 55 V AC and 16 to 62 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V
3.
Measuring electronics defective → order spare parts → Page 145
1.
Check whether the ribbon-cable connector of the display module is correctly plugged
into the amplifier board → Page 145 ff.
2.
Display module defective → order spare parts → Page 145
3.
Measuring electronics defective → order spare parts → Page 145
Display texts are in a
foreign language.
Switch off power supply. Press and hold down both the OS keys and switch on the
measuring device. The display text will appear in English (default) and is displayed at
maximum contrast.
Measured value indicated,
but no signal at the current
or pulse output
Measuring electronics defective → order spare parts → Page 145
▼
Error messages on display
Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed immediately. Error messages consist of a
variety of icons. The meanings of these icons are as follows (example):
–
–
–
–
–
Error type: S = system error, P = process error
Error message type: $ = fault message, ! = notice message
EMPTY TUBE = Type of error, e.g. measuring tube is only partly filled or completely empty
03:00:05 = duration of error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)
#401 = error number
"
Caution!
• Also refer to the information on → Page 72
• The measuring system interprets simulations and positive zero return as system errors, but displays them as notice
messages only.
System error (device error) has occurred→ Page 132
Process error (application error) has occurred→ Page 141
▼
Faulty connection to control system
No connection can be made between the control system and the device.
Check the following points:
Supply voltage Transmitter
Check the Supply voltage → Terminals 1/2
Device fuse
Check device fuse → Page 151
85 to 260 V AC: 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V
20 to 55 V AC and 16 to 62 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V
Fieldbus connection
PROFIBUS PA: Check data line
Terminal 26 = PA +
Terminal 27 = PA PROFIBUS DP: Check data line
Terminal 26 = B (RxD/TxD-P)
Terminal 27 = A (RxD/TxD-N)
▼
130
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
Faulty connection to control system (continued)
Fieldbus connector
(only for PROFIBUS PA)
• Check pin assignment/wiring
• Check connection between connector/fieldbus port.
Is the coupling ring tightened correctly?
Fieldbus voltage
(only for PROFIBUS PA)
Check that a min. bus voltage of 9 V DC is present at terminals 26/27. Permissible range: 9
to 32 V DC
Network structure
Check permissible fieldbus length and number of spurs.
Basic current
(only for PROFIBUS PA)
Is there a basic current of min. 11 mA?
Bus address
Check bus address: make sure there are no double assignments
Bus termination
Has the PROFIBUS network been terminated correctly?
Each bus segment must always be terminated with a bus terminator at both ends (start and
finish). Otherwise there may be interference in communication.
Power consumption,
permitted feed current
(only for PROFIBUS PA)
Check the current consumption of the bus segment:
The current consumption of the bus segment in question (= total of basic currents of all bus
users) must not exceed the max. permissible feed current of the bus power supply.
▼
System or process error messages
System or process errors which occur during commissioning or operation can also be displayed in the manufacturerspecific device controls using the FieldCare operating program.
▼
Other error (without error message)
Other errors are present
Endress+Hauser
Diagnosis and rectification → Page 143
131
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
9.2
System error messages
Serious system errors are always recognized by the measuring device as a "fault message" and
shown as a lightning flash symbol ($) on the display! Fault messages immediately affect the inputs
and outputs. Simulations and positive zero return, on the other hand, are classed and displayed as
"Notice messages".
"
!
Caution!
In the event of a serious fault, a flowmeter might have to be returned to the manufacturer for repair.
Important procedures must be carried out before you return a flowmeter to Endress+Hauser.
→ Page 153
Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of contamination" form. You will find a preprinted
blank of this form at the back of this manual.
Note!
• The error types listed in the following correspond to the factory settings.
• See the information on → Page 72
9.2.1
Displaying the device status on PROFIBUS DP/PA
Display in the operating program (acyclic data transmission)
The device status can be queried using an operating program (e.g. FieldCare):
Function block SUPERVISION → SYSTEM → OPERATION → ACTUAL SYSTEM CONDITION
Display in the PROFIBUS master system (cyclic data transmission)
If the AI or TOTAL modules are configured for cyclic data transmission, the device status is coded
in accordance with PROFIBUS Profile Specification 3.0 and transmitted with the measured value to
the PROFIBUS master by means of the quality byte (byte 5). The quality byte is split into the "quality
status", "quality substatus" and "limits" segments.
Measuring value
Quality
Code
Byte 5
Quality
Status
Quality Substatus
Limits
a0002707-en
Fig. 68:
Structure of the quality byte
The content of the quality byte depends on the failsafe mode error behavior configured in the
corresponding Analog Input function block. Depending on which failsafe mode has been set in the
FAILSAFE_TYPE function, the following status information is transmitted to the PROFIBUS master
via the quality byte:
• For the selection FAILSAFE_TYPE → FSAFE VALUE :
132
Quality code (HEX)
Quality status
Quality substatus
Limits
0x48
0x49
0x4A
UNCERTAIN
Substitute set
OK
Low
High
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
• For the selection FAILSAFE_TYPE → LAST GOOD VALUE (factory setting):
If a valid output value was available before the failure:
Quality code (HEX)
Quality status
Quality substatus
Limits
0x44
0x45
0x46
UNCERTAIN
Last usable value
OK
Low
High
If no valid output value was available before the failure:
Quality code (HEX)
Quality status
Quality substatus
Limits
0x4C
0x4D
0x4E
UNCERTAIN
Initial Value
OK
Low
High
• For FAILSAFE_TYPE → WRONG VALUE:
For status information, see the table in the following section.
9.2.2
List of system error messages
Limits
Quality substatus
Device status message
(local display)
Quality status
No.
Quality code (HEX)
Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value status
Extended
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts → Seite 145 ff.)
Depicted on the local display:
S = System error
$ = Fault message (with an effect on the inputs and outputs)
! = Notice message (without any effect on the inputs and outputs)
No. # 0xx → Hardware error
001
S: CRITICAL FAILURE
$: # 001
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
ROM/RAM
failure
Cause:
ROM/RAM error. Error when accessing the
program memory (ROM) or random access
memory (RAM) of the processor.
Remedy:
Replace the amplifier board.
011
S: AMP HW EEPROM
$: # 011
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
Amplifier EEPROM Cause:
failure
Amplifier with faulty EEPROM
Remedy:
Replace the amplifier board.
Endress+Hauser
133
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
S: AMP SW EEPROM
$: # 012
Limits
012
Quality substatus
Device status message
(local display)
Quality status
No.
Quality code (HEX)
Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value status
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
Extended
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts → Seite 145 ff.)
Amplifier EEPROM Cause:
data inconsistent
Error when accessing data of the measuring
amplifier EEPROM
Remedy:
The EEPROM data blocks in which an error has
occurred are displayed in the
TROUBLESHOOTING function (No. 8047).
1.
Press Enter to acknowledge the errors in
question; default values are automatically
inserted instead of the faulty parameter values.
2.
The measuring device must be restarted after
fault elimination.
Access:
SUPERVISION → SYSTEM → OPERATION →
SYSTEM RESET (→ RESTART)
031
S: SENSOR HW DAT
$: # 031
0x10
0x11
0x12
BAD
Sensor Failure
O.K.
Low
High
S-DAT failure /
Cause:
S-DAT not inserted 1. S-DAT is not correctly plugged into the
amplifier board (or is missing).
2.
S-DAT is defective.
Remedy:
032
041
S: SENSOR SW DAT
$: # 032
S: TRANSM. HW-DAT
$: # 041
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x0F
BAD
BAD
Sensor Failure
Device Failure
O.K.
Low
High
Constant
1.
Check whether the S-DAT is correctly plugged
into the amplifier board.
2.
Replace the S-DAT if it is defective.
Check whether the new replacement DAT is
compatible with the existing electronics.
Check the:
- Spare part set number
- Hardware revision code
3.
Replace measuring electronics boards if
necessary.
4.
Plug the S-DAT into the amplifier board.
S-DAT data
inconsistent
T-DAT failure
Cause:
1.
T-DAT is not correctly plugged into the
amplifier board (or is missing).
2.
T-DAT is defective.
Remedy:
042
134
S: TRANSM. SW-DAT
$: # 042
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
T-DAT data
inconsistent
1.
Check whether the T-DAT is correctly plugged
into the amplifier board.
2.
Replace the T-DAT if it is defective.
Check whether the new replacement DAT is
compatible with the existing electronics.
Check the:
- Spare part set number
- Hardware revision code
3.
Replace measuring electronics boards if
necessary.
4.
Plug the T-DAT into the amplifier board.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
S: HW F-CHIP
$: # 061
Limits
061
Quality substatus
Device status message
(local display)
Quality status
No.
Quality code (HEX)
Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value status
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
Extended
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
F-CHIP defect/not
plugged
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts → Seite 145 ff.)
Cause:
Transmitter F-Chip:
– F-Chip is defective
– F-Chip is not plugged into the I/O board or is
missing.
Remedy:
1. Replace the F-CHIP.
2. Plug the F-CHIP into the I/O board.
No. # 1xx → Software error
101
S: GAIN ERROR AMP
$: # 101
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
Gain Error
Amplifier
Cause:
Gain deviation compared to reference gain is
greater than 2%.
Remedy:
Replace the amplifier board.
121
S: A/C COMPATIB.
!: # 121
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
Amplifier and I/O Cause:
board only partially Due to different software
compatible
versions, I/O board and amplifier board are only
partially compatible (possibly restricted
functionality).
!
Note!
– The indication on the display as notice message
appears only for 30 seconds (with listing in
"Previous system condition" function).
– This condition can occur if only one electronics
board has been exchanged; the extended
software functionality is not available. The
previously existing software functionality is still
working and the measurement possible.
Remedy:
Module with lower software version has either to
be updated by "FieldCare" with the required
software version or the module has to be replaced.
No. # 2xx → Error in DAT/no communication
Endress+Hauser
135
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
S: LOAD T-DAT
!: # 205
Limits
205
Quality substatus
Device status message
(local display)
Quality status
No.
Quality code (HEX)
Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value status
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
Extended
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
Save to T-DAT
failed
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts → Seite 145 ff.)
Cause:
Data backup (downloading) to T–DAT failed, or
error when accessing (uploading) the calibration
values stored in the T–DAT.
Remedy:
1. Check whether the T-DAT is correctly plugged
into the amplifier board.
206
261
S: SAVE T-DAT
!: # 206
S: COMMUNICAT. I/O
$: # 261
0x0F
0x18
0x19
0x1A
BAD
BAD
Device Failure
No
Communicati
on
Constant
O.K.
Low
High
2.
Replace the T-DAT if it is defective.
Before replacing the DAT, check that the new,
replacement DAT is compatible with the
measuring electronics.
Check the:
– Spare part set number
– Hardware revision code
3.
Replace measuring electronics boards if
necessary
Restore from TDAT failed
Communication
failure
Cause:
Communication error. No data reception between
amplifier and I/O board or faulty internal data
transfer.
Remedy:
Check whether the electronics boards are correctly
inserted in their holders
No. # 3xx → System limits exceeded
321
S: TOL. COIL CURR.
$: # 321
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
Coil current out of
tolerance
Cause:
The coil current of the sensor is out of tolerance.
Remedy:
1. Remote version: Switch off the
power supply before connecting or
disconnecting the cable of the coil (terminals
41/42). → Page 47 ff.
136
2.
Remote version:
Switch off power supply and check wiring of
terminals 41/42. → Page 47 ff.
3.
Switch off the power supply and check the
connectors of the coil cable.
4.
Replace measuring electronics boards if
necessary.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
S: STACK CUR OUT n
$: # 339 to 342
Limits
339
to
342
Quality substatus
Device status message
(local display)
Quality status
No.
Quality code (HEX)
Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value status
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
Extended
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
Temp. Buf. not
cleared
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts → Seite 145 ff.)
Cause:
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring
mode for pulsating flow) could not be cleared or
output within 60 seconds.
Remedy:
1. Change the upper or lower limit setting, as
applicable.
2. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
343
to
346
S: STACK FREQ. OUT n
$: # 343 to 346
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
Temp. Buf. not
cleared
347
to
350
S: STACK PULSE OUT n
!: # 347 to 350
0x0F
BAD
Device Failure
Constant
Temp. Buf. not
cleared
Recommendation:
– Configure the fault response of the output to
ACTUAL VALUE, so that the temporary buffer
can be cleared.
– Clear the temporary buffer by the measures
described under Item
1.
Cause:
The temporarily buffered flow portions (measuring
mode for pulsating flow) could not be cleared or
output within 60 seconds.
Remedy:
1. Increase the setting for pulse weighting.
2. Increase the max. pulse frequency, if the
totalizer can handle a higher number of pulses.
3. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
Recommendation:
– Configure the fault response of the output to
ACTUAL VALUE, so that the temporary buffer
can be cleared.
– Clear the temporary buffer by the measures
described under Item
1.
351
to
354
S: CURRENT RANGE n
!: # 351 to 354
0x54
0x55
0x56
UNCERTAIN
Engineering
Unit Range
Violation
O.K.
Low
High
Flow is Out of
Range
Cause:
Current output: The actual value for the flow lies
outside the set limits.
Remedy:
1. Change the upper or lower limit setting, as
applicable.
2. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
355
to
358
S: FREQ. RANGE n
!: # 355 to 358
0x54
0x55
0x56
UNCERTAIN
Engineering
Unit Range
Violation
O.K.
Low
High
Flow is Out of
Range
Cause:
Frequency output: The actual value for the flow lies
outside the set limits.
Remedy:
1. Change the upper or lower limit setting, as
applicable.
2. Increase or reduce flow, as applicable.
Endress+Hauser
137
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
S: PULSE RANGE
!: # 359 to 362
0x54
0x55
0x56
UNCERTAIN
Limits
359
to
362
Quality substatus
Device status message
(local display)
Quality status
No.
Quality code (HEX)
Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value status
Engineering
Unit Range
Violation
O.K.
Low
High
Extended
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
Flow is Out of
Range
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts → Seite 145 ff.)
Cause:
Pulse output: The pulse output frequency is out of
range.
Remedy:
1. Increase the setting for pulse weighting.
2.
When selecting the pulse width, choose a
value that can still be processed by a connected
counter (e.g. mechanical counter, PLC, etc.).
Determine the pulse width:
– Version 1: Enter the minimum duration that
a pulse must be present at the connected
counter to ensure its registration.
– Variant 2: Enter the maximum (pulse)
frequency as the half "reciprocal value" that
a pulse must be present at the connected
counter to ensure its registration.
Example:
The maximum input frequency of the
connected counter is 10 Hz. The pulse width
to be entered is:
1
= 50 ms
2.10 Hz
a0004437
3.
Reduce flow
No. # 5xx → Application error
501
502
S: SW.-UPDATE ACT.
!: # 501
S: UP-/DOWNLO. ACT.
!: # 502
0x48
0x49
0x4A
0x48
0x49
0x4A
UNCERTAIN
UNCERTAIN
Substitute set
(Substitute set
of failsafe
status)
O.K.
Low
High
Substitute set
(Substitute set
of failsafe
status)
O.K.
Low
High
New amplifier
software loaded
Cause:
New amplifier or communication software version
is loaded. Currently no other functions are possible.
Remedy:
Wait until process is finished. The device will
restart automatically.
Upload/download
of device data
active
Cause:
Up- or downloading the device data via
configuration program. Currently no other
functions are possible.
Remedy:
Wait until process is finished.
571
P: RUN BATCHING
!: # 571
0x80
GOOD
O.K.
O.K.
Batch running
Cause:
Batching is started and active (valves are open)
Remedy:
No measures needed (during the batching process
some other functions may not be activated).
138
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
P: HOLD BATCHING
!: # 572
Limits
572
Quality substatus
Device status message
(local display)
Quality status
No.
Quality code (HEX)
Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value status
0x80
GOOD
O.K.
O.K.
Extended
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
Batch hold
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts → Seite 145 ff.)
Cause:
Batching has been interrupted (valves are closed)
Remedy:
Using either:
• PROFIBUS DP/PA
• Local display:
– Continue batching with "GO ON".
– Interrupt batching with "STOP".
No. # 6xx → Simulation mode active
601
S: POS. ZERO-RETURN
! # 601
0x53
UNCERTAIN
Sensor
conversion
not accurate
(measured
value from
sensor not
accurate)
Constant
Positive zero return Cause:
active
Positive zero return is active.
!
Note!
This message has the highest display priority!
Remedy:
Switch off positive zero return.
Access:
BASIC FUNCTION → SYSTEM PARAMETER →
CONFIGURATION → POS. ZERO RETURN (→
OFF)
611
to
614
S: SIM. CURR. OUT. n
!: # 611 to 614
621
to
624
S: SIM. FREQ. OUT. n
!: # 621 to 624
631
to
634
S: SIM. PULSE n
!: # 631 to 634
641
to
644
S: SIM. STAT. OUT n
!: # 641 to 644
651
to
654
S: SIM. RELAY n
!: # 651 to 654
671
to
674
S: SIM. STATUS IN n
!: # 671 to 674
0x80
GOOD
O.K.
O.K.
Simulation IO
active
Cause:
Simulation current output is active.
Remedy:
Switch off simulation.
0x80
GOOD
O.K.
O.K.
Simulation IO
active
Cause:
Simulation frequency output is active.
Remedy:
Switch off simulation.
0x80
GOOD
O.K.
O.K.
Simulation IO
active
Cause:
Simulation pulse output is active.
Remedy:
Switch off simulation.
0x80
GOOD
O.K.
O.K.
Simulation IO
active
Cause:
Simulation status output is active.
Remedy:
Switch off simulation.
0x80
GOOD
O.K.
O.K.
Simulation IO
active
Cause:
Simulation relay output is active.
Remedy:
Switch off simulation.
Endress+Hauser
0x80
GOOD
O.K.
O.K.
Simulation IO
active
Cause:
Simulation status output is active.
Remedy:
Switch off simulation.
139
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
S: SIM. FAILSAFE
!: # 691
0x48
0x49
0x4A
UNCERTAIN
Substitute set
(Substitute set
of failsafe
status)
Limits
691
Quality substatus
Device status message
(local display)
Quality status
No.
Quality code (HEX)
Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value status
O.K.
Low
High
Extended
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
Simulation failsafe
active
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts → Seite 145 ff.)
Cause:
Simulation of failsafe mode (outputs) is active.
Remedy:
Switch off simulation.
Access:
SUPERVISION → SYSTEM → OPERATION →
SIM. FAILSAFE MODE (→ OFF)
692
S: SIM. MEASURAND
!: # 692
0x60
0x61
0x62
UNCERTAIN
Simulated
Value
(manually
specified
value)
O.K.
Low
High
Simulation
measured value
active
Cause:
Simulation of the measured value is active.
Remedy:
Switch off simulation.
Access:
SUPERVISION → SYSTEM → OPERATION →
SIM. MEASURAND (→ OFF)
698
140
S: DEV. TEST ACT.
!: # 698
0x60
0x61
0x62
UNCERTAIN
Simulated
Value
(manually
specified
value)
O.K.
Low
High
Device test via
Fieldcheck active
Cause:
The measuring device is being checked on site via
the test and simulation device.
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
9.3
!
Process error messages
Note!
Also note the versions on → Page 72 and Page 144.
9.3.1
Displaying the device status on PROFIBUS DP/PA
For more information, refer to → Page 132
9.3.2
List of process error messages
Limits
Quality substatus
Device status message
(local display)
Quality status
No.
Quality code (HEX)
Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value status
Extended
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
Cause/remedy
P = Process error
$ = Fault message (with an effect on the inputs and outputs)
! = Notice message (without any effect on the inputs and outputs)
401
P: EMPTY PIPE
$: # 401
0x03
BAD
Non specific
(uncertain
status)
Constant
Empty Pipe
detected
Cause:
Measuring tube partially filled or empty.
Remedy:
1. Check the process conditions of the plant.
2. Fill the measuring tube.
461
P: ADJ N. OK
!: # 461
0x40
0x41
0x42
UNCERT
AIN
Non specific
(uncertain
status)
O.K.
Low
High
EPD adjustment
not possible
Cause:
EPD/OED adjustment not possible because the fluid's
conductivity is either too low or too high.
Remedy:
The EPD/OED function cannot be used with fluids of
this nature.
463
P: FULL = EMPTY
$: # 463
0x40
0x41
0x42
UNCERT
AIN
Non specific
(uncertain
status)
O.K.
Low
High
EPD adjustment
wrong
Cause:
The EPD/OED adjustment values for empty pipe and
full pipe are identical, therefore incorrect.
Remedy:
Repeat adjustment, making sure procedure is correct.
→ Page 124
471
P: > BATCH TIME
$: # 471
0x00
0x01
0x02
BAD
Non specific
(uncertain
status)
O.K.
Low
High
Batch Time
Cause:
The maximum permitted batching time was exceeded.
Remedy:
1. Increase flow rate.
2. Check valve (opening).
3. Adjust time setting to changed batch quantity.
Endress+Hauser
141
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
P: >< BATCH
QUANTITY
$: # 472
0x00
0x01
0x02
BAD
Limits
472
Quality substatus
Device status message
(local display)
Quality status
No.
Quality code (HEX)
Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value status
Non specific
(uncertain
status)
O.K.
Low
High
Extended
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
Batch Quantity
Cause/remedy
Cause:
EPD calibration not possible as the fluid conductivity is
either too low or too high.
– Underbatching:
The minimum quantity was not reached.
– Overbatching:
The maximum permitted batching quantity was
exceeded.
Remedy:
Underbatching:
1.
Increase fixed correction quantity.
2.
If the batching quantity changes, the minimum
batching quantity must be adjusted.
Overbatching:
473
P: PROGRESS NOTE
$: # 473
0x80
GOOD
O.K.
O.K.
Progress Note
1.
Reduce fixed correction quantity.
2.
If the batching quantity changes, the maximum
batching quantity must be adjusted.
Cause:
End of filling process approaching.
The running filling process has exceeded the
predefined batch quantity point for the display warning
message.
Remedy:
No measures required (if necessary prepare to replace
container).
474
P: MAX. FLOW RATE
!: # 474
0x00
0x01
0x02
BAD
Non specific
(uncertain
status)
O.K.
Low
High
Flow Rate
Cause:
Maximum flow value entered is
exceeded.
Remedy:
Reduce the flow value.
142
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
9.4
Symptoms
Troubleshooting
Process errors without messages
Rectification
!
Note!
You may have to change or correct certain settings of the function matrix in order to rectify faults. The functions outlined below, such as DISPLAY DAMPING, for
example, are described in detail in the "Description of Device Functions" manual.
Flow values are negative, even though
the fluid is flowing forwards through
the pipe.
1.
Remote version:
– Switch off the power supply and check the wiring → Page 47 ff.
– If necessary, reverse the connections at terminals 41 and 42
2.
Change the setting in the INSTALLATION DIRECTION SENSOR function accordingly
Measured value reading fluctuates even 1.
though flow is steady.
2.
Check grounding and potential matching. → Page 59 ff.
Check the fluid for presence of gas bubbles.
3.
TIME CONSTANT function → increase the value (→ OUTPUTS/CURRENT OUTPUT/CONFIGURATION)
4.
DISPLAY DAMPING function → increase the value (→ USER INTERFACE/CONTROL/BASIC CONFIGURATION)
Measured-value reading or measuredvalue output pulsates or fluctuates, e.g.
because of reciprocating pump,
peristaltic pump, diaphragm pump or
pump with similar delivery
characteristic.
Perform the "Pulsating Flow" Quick Setup (only possible if a pulse/frequency output is available
). → Page 86
If the problem persists despite these measures, a pulsation damper will have to be installed between pump and measuring
device.
There are differences between the
flowmeter's internal totalizer and the
external metering device.
This symptom is due primarily to backflow in the piping because the pulse output cannot subtract in the STANDARD or
SYMMETRY measuring modes.
The problem can be solved as follows:
Allow for flow in both directions. Set the MEASURING MODE function to PULSATING FLOW for the pulse output in
question.
Measured value reading shown on
1.
display, even though the fluid is at a
2.
standstill and the measuring tube is full.
3.
Check grounding and potential matching → Page 59 ff.
Measured-value reading on display,
even though measuring tube is empty.
1.
Perform empty-pipe/full-pipe adjustment and then switch on Empty Pipe Detection → Page 124
2.
Remote version:
Check the terminals of the EPD cable → Page 47
3.
Fill the measuring tube.
Check the fluid for presence of gas bubbles.
Activate the ON-VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF function, i.e. enter or increase the value for the low flow cut off (→
BASIC FUNCTIONS / PROCESS PARAMETERS / CONFIGURATION).
The current output signal is
always 4 mA, irrespective of the flow
signal at any given time.
Value for creepage too high:
Reduce the corresponding value in the ON-VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF function.
The fault cannot be rectified or some
other fault not described above has
occurred.
In these instances, please contact your
Endress+Hauser service organization.
The following options are available for tackling problems of this nature:
• Request the services of an Endress+Hauser service technician
If you contact our service organization to have a service technician sent out, please be ready to quote the following
information:
– Brief description of the fault
– Nameplate specifications: order code, serial number → Page 9 ff.
• Returning devices to Endress+Hauser
The required procedures must be carried out before you return a flowmeter requiring repair or calibration to
Endress+Hauser. → Page 153
Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of contamination" form with the flowmeter. You will find a preprinted
form at the back of this Operating Manual.
• Replace transmitter electronics
Components in the measuring electronics defective → order spare parts → Page 145
Endress+Hauser
143
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
9.5
!
Failsafe mode of outputs
Note!
The failsafe mode of the current, pulse and frequency outputs can be customized by means of
various functions in the function matrix. You will find detailed information on these procedures in
the "Description of Device Functions" manual.
You can use positive zero return to reset the signals of the current, pulse and frequency outputs to
their fallback value, or reset measured value transmission via fieldbus to "0", for example when
measuring has to be interrupted while a pipe is being cleaned. This function takes priority over all
other device functions. Simulations, for example, are suppressed.
Failsafe mode of outputs
System/process error is present
Positive zero return is activated
"
Caution!
System or process errors defined as "Notice messages" have no effect whatsoever on the inputs and outputs. See the information on → Page 72
Current output
MIN. CURRENT
The current output will be set to the lower value of the signal on alarm level depending on
the setting selected in the CURRENT SPAN (see the "Description of Device Functions"
manual).
Output signal corresponds to "zero flow"
MAX. CURRENT
The current output will be set to the higher value of the signal on alarm level depending on
the setting selected in the CURRENT SPAN (see the "Description of Device Functions"
manual).
HOLD VALUE
Last valid value (preceding occurrence of the fault) is output.
ACTUAL VALUE
Fault is ignored, i.e. normal measured-value output on the basis of ongoing flow
measurement.
Pulse output
FALLBACK VALUE
Signal output → no pulses
Output signal corresponds to "zero flow"
HOLD VALUE
Last valid value (preceding occurrence of the fault) is output.
ACTUAL VALUE
Fault is ignored, i.e. normal measured-value output on the basis of ongoing flow
measurement.
Frequency output
FALLBACK VALUE
Signal output → 0 Hz
Output signal corresponds to "zero flow"
FAILSAFE LEVEL
Output of the frequency specified in the FAILSAFE VALUE function.
HOLD VALUE
Last valid value (preceding occurrence of the fault) is output.
ACTUAL VALUE
Fault is ignored, i.e. normal measured-value output on the basis of ongoing flow
measurement.
Relay output
In the event of a fault or power supply failure: Relay → deenergized
No effect on relay output
The "Description of Device Functions" manual contains detailed information on relay
switching response for various configurations such as error message, flow direction, EPD,
limit value, etc.
PROFIBUS
144
→ Page 132
-
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
9.6
Spare parts
The previous sections contain a detailed troubleshooting guide.→ Page 130 ff.
The measuring device, moreover, provides additional support in the form of continuous selfdiagnosis and error messages.
Fault rectification can entail replacing defective components with tested spare parts. The illustration
below shows the available scope of spare parts.
!
Note!
You can order spare parts directly from your Endress+Hauser service organization by providing the
serial number printed on the transmitter's nameplate. → Page 9
Spare parts are shipped as sets comprising the following parts:
• Spare part
• Additional parts, small items (screws etc.)
• Mounting instructions
• Packaging
9.6.1
PROFIBUS DP
1
2
3
7
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
6
IN
PU
IN
T/O
PU
UT
T/O
PU
UT
T
PU
T
3
4
4
8
5
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
9
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
8
a0004782
Fig. 69:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Endress+Hauser
Spare parts for PROFIBUS DP transmitters (field and wall-mount housing)
Power unit board (85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC)
Amplifier board
I/O board (COM module), flexible
Pluggable input/output submodules; ordering structure → Page 127
I/O board (COM module), permanent assignment
S-DAT (sensor data storage device)
T-DAT (transmitter data storage device)
F-CHIP (function chip for optional software)
Display module
145
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
9.6.2
PROFIBUS PA
8
1
2
3
4
7
5
6
a0004780
Fig. 70:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
146
Spare parts for PROFIBUS PA transmitters (field and wall-mount housing)
Power unit board (85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC)
Amplifier board
I/O board (COM module), permanent assignment
S-DAT (sensor data storage device)
T-DAT (transmitter data storage device)
F-CHIP (function chip for optional software)
Display module
Fieldbus connector consisting of protection cap, connector, adapter PG 13.5/M20.5
(only for PROFIBUS-PA, order No. 50098037)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
9.6.3
Removing and installing printed circuit boards
Field housing
#
"
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power
supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
• Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage electronic
components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded working surface
purpose-built for electrostatically sensitive devices!
• If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device is maintained in the following
steps, then an appropriate inspection must be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s
specifications.
• When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific supplement
to this Operating Manual.
Caution!
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
Installing and removing the circuit boards → Fig. 71:
1.
2.
Unscrew cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
Remove the local display (1) as follows:
– Press in the latches (1.1) at the side and remove the display module.
– Disconnect the ribbon cable (1.2) of the display module from the amplifier board.
3.
Remove the screws and remove the cover (2) from the electronics compartment.
4.
Remove power unit board (4) and I/O board (6):
Insert a thin pin into the hole (3) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its holder.
5.
Removing sub-modules (6.2, only for measuring devices with convertible I/O board):
No tools are required for removing the submodules (inputs/outputs) from the I/O board.
Installation is also a no-tools operation.
" Caution!
Only certain combinations of submodules on the
I/O board are permissible. → Page 52
The individual slots are marked and correspond to certain terminals in the connection
compartment of the transmitter:
– "INPUT / OUTPUT 3" slot = terminals 22/23
– "INPUT / OUTPUT 4" slot = terminals 20/21
Endress+Hauser
6.
Remove amplifier board (5):
– Disconnect the plug of the electrode signal cable (5.1) including S-DAT (5.3) from the board.
– Loosen the plug locking of the coil current cable (5.2) and gently disconnect the plug from
the board, i.e. without moving it back and forward.
– Insert a thin pin into the hole (3) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its
holder.
7.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
147
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
4
5
3
5.1
6
3
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
5.4
W
E
N
O
5.3
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
3
IN
PU
IN
T/O
T
PU
UT
/O
PU
P
UT
T3
UT
6.2
4
5.2
6.1
1.2
2
1
1.1
a0004779
Fig. 71:
1
1.1
1.2
2
3
4
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
6
6.1
6.2
148
Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards
Local display
Latch
Ribbon cable (display module)
Screws of electronics compartment cover
Aperture for installing/removing boards
Power unit board
Amplifier board
Electrode signal cable (sensor)
Coil current cable (sensor)
S-DAT (sensor data storage device)
T-DAT (transmitter data storage device)
I/O board (flexible assignment)
F-CHIP (function chip for optional software)
Pluggable sub-modules (current, pulse/frequency and relay output)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
Wall-mounted housing
#
"
Warning!
• Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power
supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
• Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage electronic
components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded working surface
purposely built for electrostatically sensitive devices!
• If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device is maintained in the following
steps, then an appropriate inspection must be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s
specifications.
• When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific supplement
to this Operating Manual.
Caution!
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
Installing and removing the circuit boards → Fig. 72: Wall-mount housing
1.
Remove the screws and open the hinged cover (1) of the housing.
2.
Remove the screws securing the electronics module (2). Then push up electronics module and
pull it as far as possible out of the wall-mount housing.
Disconnect the following cable plugs from amplifier board (7):
– Electrode signal cable plug (7.1) including S-DAT (7.3)
– Plug of coil current cable (7.2):
Loosen the plug locking and gently disconnect the plug from the board, i.e. without moving
it back and forward.
– Ribbon cable plug (3) of the display module
3.
4.
Remove the cover (4) from the electronics compartment by loosening the screws.
5.
Remove the boards (6, 7, 8):
(5) Insert a thin pin into the hole provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its holder.
6.
Removing sub-modules (8.2, only for measuring devices with convertible I/O board):
No tools are required for removing the submodules (inputs/outputs) from the I/O board.
Installation is also a no-tools operation.
" Caution!
Only certain combinations of submodules on the
I/O board are permissible. → Page 52
The individual slots are marked and correspond to certain terminals in the connection
compartment of the transmitter:
"INPUT / OUTPUT 3" slot = terminals 22/23
"INPUT / OUTPUT 4" slot = terminals 20/21
7.
Endress+Hauser
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
149
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
1
2
6
4
3
7
5
7.1
8
7.3
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
5
7.4
5
7.2
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
IN
PU
IN
T/O
PU
UT
T/O
PU
UT
P
T
UT
3
8.2
4
8.1
3
a0004778
Fig. 72:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
8
8.1
8.2
150
Wall-mount housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards
Housing cover
Electronics module
Ribbon cable (display module)
Screws of electronics compartment cover
Aperture for installing/removing boards
Power unit board
Amplifier board
Electrode signal cable (sensor)
Coil current cable (sensor)
S-DAT (sensor data storage device)
T-DAT (transmitter data storage device)
I/O board (flexible assignment)
F-CHIP (function chip for optional software)
Pluggable sub-modules (current, pulse/frequency and relay output)
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
9.6.4
#
Replacing the device fuse
Warning!
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power
supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
The main fuse is on the power unit board. → Fig. 73
The procedure for replacing the fuse is as follows:
"
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the power unit board. → Page 147 ff.
3.
Remove the protection cap (1) and replace the device fuse (2).
Use only fuses of the following type:
– 20 to 55 V AC / 16 to 62 V DC → 2.0 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 x 20 mm
– Power supply 85 to 260 V AC → 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 x 20 mm
– Ex-rated devices → see the Ex documentation
4.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Caution!
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
2
1
a0001148
Fig. 73:
1
2
Endress+Hauser
Replacing the device fuse on the power unit board
Protective cap
Device fuse
151
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
9.6.5
Replacing exchangeable measuring electrodes
The Promag W sensor (DN 350 to 2000; 14" to 78") is available with exchangeable measuring
electrodes as an option. This design permits the measuring electrodes to be replaced or cleaned
under process conditions. → Page 153
A
B
3
2
1
4
8
7
11
1
6
10
9
5
a0004447
Fig. 74:
Apparatus for replacing exchangeable measuring electrodes
View A = DN 1200 to 2000 (48" to 78")
View B = DN 350 to 1050 (14" to 42")
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
152
Allen screw
Handle
Electrode cable
Knurled nut (locknut)
Measuring electrode
Stop cock
Retaining cylinder
Locking pin (for handle)
Ball valve housing
Seal (retaining cylinder)
Coil spring
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Troubleshooting
Removing the electrode
Installing the electrode
1st
1st
Loosen the Allen screw (1) and remove the cover.
Insert the new electrode (5) into the retaining
cylinder (7) from below. Make sure that the seals at
the tip of the electrode are clean.
2nd Remove the electrode cable (2) secured to handle (3). 2nd Mount the handle (2) on the electrode and insert the
locking pin (8) to secure it in position.
"Make sureCaution!
that coil spring (11) is inserted. This is
essential to ensure correct electrical contact and
correct measuring signals.
3rd
Loosen knurled nut (4) by hand. This knurled nut
acts as a locknut.
3rd
Pull the electrode back until the tip of the electrode
no longer protrudes from retaining cylinder (7).
4th
Remove the electrode (5) by turning the handle (2).
The electrode can now be pulled out of the retaining
cylinder (7) as far as a defined stop.
4th
Screw the retaining cylinder (7) onto the ball-valve
housing (9) and tighten it by hand. The seal (10) on
the cylinder must be correctly seated and clean.
#
Note!
!
Make sure that the rubber hoses on the retaining
Warning!
Risk of injury. Under process conditions (pressure in
the piping system) the electrode can recoil suddenly
against its stop. Apply counter-pressure while
releasing the electrode.
5.
cylinder (7) and stop cock (6) are of the same color
(red or blue).
Close the stop cock (6) after pulling out the electrode 5.
as far as it will go.
#
Warning!
Do not subsequently open the stop cock, in order to
prevent fluid escaping.
Open the stop cock (6) and turn the handle (2) to
screw the electrode all the way into the retaining
cylinder.
6.
Remove the electrode complete with
retaining cylinder (7).
6.
Screw the knurled nut (4) onto the
retaining cylinder. This firmly locates the electrode in
position.
7.
Remove the handle (2) from the electrode (5) by
7.
pressing out the locking pin (8). Take care not to lose
the coil spring (11).
Use the Allen screw to secure the electrode cable (3)
to the handle (2).
"Make sureCaution!
that the machine screw securing the
electrode cable is firmly tightened. This is essential to
ensure correct electrical contact and correct
measuring signals.
8.
Remove the old electrode and insert the new
electrode. Replacement electrodes can be ordered
separately from Endress+Hauser.
9.7
8.
Reinstall the cover and tighten the Allen screw (1).
Returns
→ Seite 8
9.8
Disposal
Observe the regulations applicable in your country!
Endress+Hauser
153
Troubleshooting
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
9.9
SoftwareHistory
Date
Software version
Changes to software
Operating Manual
08.2007
PROFIBUS PA
3.04.XX
Introduction of a new PROFIBUS PA I/O board
BA053D/06/de/08.07
71060107
07.2007
PROFIBUS DP
3.04.XX
Software adjustment
10.2006
PROFIBUS DP
3.04.00
Software adjustment
PROFIBUS DP
3.01.XX
Introduction of a new
PROFIBUS DP I/O-board:
– Support of additional output signals (current,
frequency etc.)
12.2005
10.2005
BA053D/06/de/10.05
50099246
Software expansion:
– Batching
03.2005
PROFIBUS PA
2.03.XX
Software expansion:
– New, improved functions
BA053D/06/de/10.03
50099246
New functions:
– DEVICE SOFTWARE → Display of the
device software
(NAMUR recommendation 53)
– US unit Kgal
10.2003
Amplifier:
1.06.XX
Communication module:
2.03.XX
Software expansion:
– Language groups
– New error messages
– SIL 2
– The totalizer values are also updated
without integration into the cyclic data
transmission
– Support of compatibility with previous
PROFIBUS model Promag
33 with Profile Version 2.0
New functions:
– Operation hours counter
– Intensity of background illumination
adjustable
– Counter for access code
– Upload/download via ToF Tool - Fieldtool
Package
Compatible with service protocol:
– ToF-Tool FieldTool Package
(the latest SW version can be downloaded
under: www.tof-fieldtool.endress.com)
12.2002
Communication module:
2.02.XX
Software adjustment
09.2002
Amplifier:
1.04.XX
Communication module:
2.01.XX
Software expansion:
– Data length of advanced diagnosis adjusted
in the cyclic data transmission
Note!
!
As of this software version, a new device
master file (GSD) must be used when replacing
the device!
154
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Endress+Hauser
Troubleshooting
Date
Software version
Changes to software
Operating Manual
03.2002
Amplifier:
1.03.XX
Communication module:
2.00.01
Software expansion:
– Communication software can be updated via
service protocol
BA053D/06/de/10.03
50099246
07.2001
Com. module: 1.01.00
Software adjustment
06.2001
Amplifier: 1.02.00
Software adjustment
04.2001
Com. module: 1.00.00
Original software
09.2000
Amplifier: 1.01.01
Software adjustment
08.2000
Amplifier: 1.01.00
Software enhancement (functional adaptations)
04.2000
Amplifier: 1.00.00
Original software
BA053D/06/de/04.01
50099246
155
Technical data
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
10
Technical data
10.1
Technical data at a glance
10.1.1
Applications
The measuring device described in this Operating Manual is to be used only for measuring the flow
rate of conductive liquids in closed pipes.
A minimum conductivity of 20 μS/cm is required for measuring demineralized water. Most liquids
can be metered, provided they have a minimum conductivity of 5 μS/cm, for example:
• acids, alkalis, pastes, mashes, pulps,
• drinking water, wastewater, sewage sludge,
• milk, beer, wine, mineral water, yogurt, molasses, etc.
Resulting from incorrect use or from use other than that designated, the operational safety of the
measuring devices can be suspended. The manufacturer accepts no liability for damages being
produced from this.
Liner specific applications:
• Promag W (DN 25 to 2000; 1" to 78"):
– Polyurethane lining for applications with cold water and for slightly abrasive fluids,
– Hard rubber lining for all applications with water (especially for drinking water).
• Promag P (DN 15 to 600; ½ to 24"):
– PTFE lining for standard applications in chemical and process industries,
– PFA lining for all applications in chemical and process industries; especially for high process
temperatures and applications with temperature shocks.
• Promag H (DN 2 to 100; 1/12" to 4"):
PFA lining for all applications in chemical, process and food industries; especially for high process
temperatures, for applications with temperature shocks and for applications with CIP or SIP
cleaning processes.
10.1.2
Function and system design
Measuring principle
Electromagnetic flow measurement on the basis of Faraday’s Law.
Measuring system
The flow measuring system consists of the following components:
• Promag 53 transmitter
• Promag W, Promag P or Promag H sensor
Two versions are available:
• Compact version: transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit.
• Remote version: transmitter and sensor are installed separately.
10.1.3
Input variables
Measured variable
Flow rate (proportional to induced voltage)
Measuring range
Typically v = 0.01 to 10 m/s (0.03 to 0.33 ft/s) with the specified measuring accuracy
Operable flow range
Over 1000 : 1
Input signal
Status input (auxiliary input):
U = 3 to 30 V DC, Ri = 3 kΩ, galvanically isolated.
Switch level: ±3 to ±30 VDC, independent of polarity
156
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
10.1.4
Output signal
Technical data
Output variables
Current output
Active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated, time constant selectable (0.05 to 100 s),
Full scale value adjustable, temperature coefficient: typically 0.005% o.r./°C, resolution: 0.5 μA
• Active: 0/4 to 20 mA, RL max. 700 Ω
• Passive: 4 to 20 mA; supply voltage VS 18 to 30 V DC; Ri ≥ 150 Ω
Pulse/frequency output:
Active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated
• Active: 24 V DC, 25 mA (max. 250 mA during 20 ms), RL > 100 Ω
• Passive: open collector, 30 V DC, 250 mA
• Frequency output: full scale frequency 2 to 10000 Hz (fmax = 12500 Hz), on/off ratio 1:1, pulse
width max. 2 s
• Pulse output: pulse value and pulse polarity selectable, pulse width configurable (0.05 to 2000
ms)
PROFIBUS DP interface:
• PROFIBUS DP in accordance with IEC 61158, galvanically isolated
• Profile Version 3.0
• Data transmission rate: 9.6 kBaud to 12 MBaud
• Automatic identification of data transmission rate
• Signal coding: NRZ code
• Bus address can be configured via miniature switches or via the local display (optional)
PROFIBUS PA interface:
• PROFIBUS PA in accordance with IEC 61158 (MBP), galvanically isolated
• Profile Version 3.0
• Data transmission rate: 31.25 kBaud
• Current consumption: 11 mA
• Permitted supply voltage: 9 to 32 V
• Bus connection with integrated reverse polarity protection
• Error current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic): 0 mA
• Signal coding: Manchester II
• Bus address can be configured via miniature switches or via the local display (optional)
Signal on alarm
Current output:
Failsafe mode selectable (e.g. in accordance with NAMUR recommendation NE 43)
Pulse/frequency output:
Failsafe mode selectable
Relay output:
De-energized by fault or power supply failure
PROFIBUS DP/PA
Status and alarm messages in accordance with PROFIBUS Profile Version 3.0
Load
See "Output signal"
Switching output
Relay output:
Normally closed (NC or break) or normally open (NO or make) contacts available (default: relay 1
= NO, relay 2 = NC),
max. 30 V / 0.5 A AC; 60 V / 0.1 A DC, galvanically isolated.
Low flow cut off
Endress+Hauser
Switch points for low flow are selectable.
157
Technical data
Galvanic isolation
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
All circuits for inputs, outputs, and power supply are galvanically isolated from each other.
10.1.5
Power supply
Electrical connections
→ Page 43 ff.
Supply voltage
85 to 260 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
20 to 55 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
16 to 62 V DC
Cable entries
Power supply and signal cables (inputs/outputs):
• Cable entry M20 x 1.5 (8 to 12 mm; 0.31 to 0.47 in)
• Sensor cable entry for armored cables M20 x 1.5 (9.5 to 16 mm; 0.37 to 0.63 in)
• Threads for cable entries, ½" NPT, G ½"
Connecting cable for remote version:
• Cable entry M20 x 1.5 (8 to 12 mm; 0.31 to 0.47 in)
• Sensor cable entry for armored cables M20 x 1.5 (9.5 to 16 mm; 0.37 to 0.63 in)
• Threads for cable entries, ½" NPT, G ½"
Cable specifications
(remote version)
→ Page 51
Power consumption
AC: <15 VA (including sensor)
DC: <15 W (including sensor)
Switch-on current:
• max. 13.5 A (< 50 ms) at 24 V DC
• max. 3 A (< 5 ms) at 260 V AC
Power supply failure
Lasting min. 1 power cycle
• EEPROM or T-DAT saves measuring system data if power supply fails
• S-DAT: exchangeable data storage device which stores the data of the sensor (nominal diameter,
serial number, calibration factor, zero point, etc.)
Potential matching
→ Page 59 ff.
158
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Technical data
10.1.6
Reference operating
conditions
Accuracy
In accordance with DIN EN 29104 and VDI/VDE 2641:
• Fluid temperature: +28 °C ± 2 K
• Ambient temperature: +22 °C ± 2 K
• Warm-up time: 30 minutes
Installation:
• Inlet run >10 x DN
• Outlet run > 5 x DN
• Sensor and transmitter grounded.
• Sensor centered relative to the pipe.
Maximum measured error
Pulse output:
± 0.2% o.r. ± 2 mm/s (o.r. = of reading)
Current output:
additional typically ± 5 μA
!
Note!
Supply-voltage fluctuations have no effect within the specified range.
[%]
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0
0
0
1
2
5
4
10
6
15
20
8
25
10
30
32
[m/s]
v
[ft]
a0004456
Fig. 75:
Repeatability
Max. measured error in % of reading
max. ± 0.1% of measured value ± 0.5 mm/s
10.1.7
Operating conditions: Installation
Installation instructions
→ Page 15 ff.
Inlet and outlet runs
Inlet run: typically ≥ 5 x DN
Outlet run: typically ≥ 2 x DN
Length of connecting cable
For the remote version, the permissible cable length Lmax depends on the conductivity of the
medium. → Page 24
A minimum conductivity of 20 μS/cm is required for measuring demineralized water.
Endress+Hauser
159
Technical data
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
10.1.8
Ambient temperature
Operating conditions: Environment
Transmitter:
• Standard: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to 140 °F)
• Optional: –40 to +60 °C (–40 to 140 °F)
!
Note!
At ambient temperatures below -20 °C the readability of the display may be impaired.
Sensor:
• Non-stainless flange material: –10 to +60 °C (+14 to 140 °F)
• Stainless steel flange material: –40 to +60 °C (–40 to 140 °F)
"
Caution!
The min. and max. lining specified temperature values must not be exceeded
(→ "Medium temperature range").
Note the following points:
• Install the device at a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions.
• If both fluid and ambient temperatures are high, install the transmitter at a remote location from
the sensor (→ "Medium temperature range").
Storage temperature
The storage temperature corresponds to the ambient temperature range of the transmitters and
sensors.
Degree of protection
• Standard: IP 67 (NEMA 4X) for transmitter and sensor
• Optional: IP 68 (NEMA 6P) for remote version of Promag W and P sensor
Shock and vibration resistance
Acceleration up to 2 g in accordance with IEC 600 68-2-6
(high-temperature version: no data available)
CIP cleaning
Promag W: not possible
Promag P: possible (note max. temperature)
Promag H: possible (note max. temperature)
SIP cleaning
Promag W: not possible
Promag P: possible with PFA (note max. temperature)
Promag H: possible (note max. temperature)
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
As per IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR recommendation NE 21
10.1.9
Medium temperature range
Operating conditions: Process
Promag W
The permissible temperature depends on the lining of the measuring tube:
• 0 to +80 °C (+32 to +176 °F) for hard rubber (DN 65 to 2000 , 2½" to 78")
• –20 to +50 °C (–4 to +122 °F) for polyurethane (DN 25 to 1000; 1" to 40")
Promag P
The permissible temperature depends on the lining of the measuring tube:
• –40 to +130 °C (–40 to +266 °F) for PTFE (DN 15 to 600; ½" to 24"),
restrictions → see diagrams
• –20 to +180 °C (–40 to +356 °F) for PFA (DN 25 to 200; 1" to 8")),
restrictions → see diagrams
160
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Technical data
HT
TA
[°F] [°C]
140
100
60
40
20
0
0
-20
-40
-40
PFA
m
PTFE
-40 -20
-40
0
20
0
40
60
80 100 120 140 160 180
100
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
a0002660
Fig. 76:
Compact versions Promag P (with PFA or PTFE lining)
TA = Ambient temperature, TF = Fluid temperature, HT = High-temperature version with insulation
➀ = Temperature range from –10 to –40 °C (+14 to –40 °F) only applies to stainless steel flanges
HT
TA
[°F] [°C]
140
100
60
40
20
0
0
-40
PFA
-20
m
PTFE
-40
-40 -20
-40
0
0
20
40
60
100
80 100 120 140 160 180
200
300
[°C]
TF
360 [°F]
a0002671
Fig. 77:
Remote versions Promag P (with PFA or PTFE lining)
TA = Ambient temperature, TF = Fluid temperature, HT = High-temperature version with insulation
➀ = Temperature range from –10 to –40 °C (+14 to –40 °F) only applies to stainless steel flanges
Promag H
Sensor:
DN 2 to 100 (1/12" to 4"): –20 to +150 °C (–40 to +302 °F)
The permitted fluid temperature is dependent on the material of the seal:
• EPDM: –20 to +130 °C (–4 to +266 °F)
• Silicone: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
• Viton: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
• Kalrez: –20 to +150 °C (–4 to +302 °F)
Endress+Hauser
161
Technical data
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Conductivity
!
Fluid pressure range (nominal
pressure)
Minimum conductivity
• ≥ 5 μS/cm for liquids generally
• ≥ 20 μS/cm for demineralized water
Note!
Note that, in the case of the remote version, the requisite minimum conductivity is also influenced
by the length of the connecting cable. → Page 24
Promag W
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501):
– PN 6 (DN 1200 to 2000; 48" to 78")
– PN 10 (DN 200 to 2000; 8" to 78")
– PN 16 (DN 65 to 2000; 2½" to 78")
– PN 25 (DN 200 to 1000; 8" to 40")
– PN 40 (DN 25 to 150; 1" to 6")
• ANSI B 16.5:
– Class 150 (1 to 24")
– Class 300 (1 to 6")
• AWWA: Class D (28 to 78")
• JIS B2220:
– 10 K (DN 50 to 300; 2" to 12")
– 20 K (DN 25 to 300; 1" to 12")
• AS 2129: Table E (DN 80, 100, 150 to 400, 500, 600; 3", 4", 6" to 16", 20", 24")
• AS 4087: Cl. 14 (DN 80, 100, 150 to 400, 500, 600; 3", 4", 6" to 16", 20", 24")
Promag P
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501):
– PN 10 (DN 200 to 600; 8" to 24")
– PN 16 (DN 65 to 600; 2½" to 24")
– PN 25 (DN 200 to 600; 8" to 24")
– PN 40 (DN 15 to 150; ½" to 6")
• ANSI B 16.5:
– Class 150 (½ to 24")
– Class 300 (½ to 6")
• JIS B2220:
– 10 K (DN 50 to 300; 2" to 12")
– 20 K (DN 15 to 300; ½" to 12")
• AS 2129: Table E (DN 25, 50; 1", 2")
• AS 4087: Cl. 14 (DN 50; 2")
Promag H
The permissible nominal pressure depends on the process connection and the seal:
• 40 bar (580 psi): flange, weld nipple (with O-ring seal)
• 16 bar (232 psi): all other process connections
Resistance to partial vacuum
Resistance to partial vacuum
(measuring tube lining) (SIUnits)
162
Promag W
Nominal
diameter
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum (SI-Units)
Measuring tube
lining
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] at various
fluid temperatures:
[mm]
Material
25 °C
50 °C
80 °C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
25 to 1000
Polyurethan
0
0
-
-
-
-
-
65 to 2000
Hartgummi
0
0
0
-
-
-
-
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Technical data
Promag P
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum (SI-Units)
Nominal
diameter
Measuring tube
lining
[mm]
Material
25 °C
80 °C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
15
PTFE
0
0
0
100
–
-
25
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
0/0
0/0
100 / 0
–/0
–/0
32
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
0 /0
0 /0
100 / 0
–/0
–/0
40
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
0 /0
0 /0
100 / 0
–/0
–/0
50
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
0 /0
0 /0
100 / 0
–/0
–/0
65
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
*
40 /0
130 / 0
–/0
–/0
80
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
*
40 /0
130 / 0
–/0
–/0
100
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
*
135 /0
170 / 0
–/0
–/0
125
PTFE / PFA
135 /0
*
240 /0
385 / 0
–/0
–/0
150
PTFE / PFA
135 /0
*
240 /0
385 / 0
–/0
–/0
200
PTFE / PFA
200 /0
*
290 /0
410 / 0
–/0
–/0
250
PTFE
330
*
400
530
–
–
300
PTFE
400
*
500
630
–
–
350
PTFE
470
*
600
730
–
–
400
PTFE
540
*
670
800
–
–
450
PTFE
500
PTFE
600
PTFE
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] at various
fluid temperatures:
Partial vacuum is impermissible!
* No value can be quoted
Promag H
Resistance to partial vacuum
(measuring tube lining) (USUnits)
Endress+Hauser
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum (SI-Units)
Nominal
diameter
Measuring tube
lining
[mm]
Material
25 °C
80 °C
100 °C
130 °C
150 °C
180 °C
2 to 100
PFA
0
0
0
0
0
0
Limit values for abs. pressure [mbar] at various
fluid temperatures:
Promag W
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum (US-Units)
Nominal
diameter
Measuring tube
lining
[inch]
Material
77 °F
122 °F
1 to 40"
Polyurethan
0
3 to 78"
Hartgummi
0
Limit values for abs. pressure [psia] at various
fluid temperatures:
176 °F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
0
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
-
-
-
-
163
Technical data
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Promag P
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum (US-Units)
Nominal
diameter
Measuring tube
lining
[inch]
Material
77 °F
176 °F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
½"
PTFE
0
0
0
1.5
–
-
1"
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
0/0
0/0
1.5 / 0
–/0
–/0
1½"
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
0 /0
0 /0
1.5 / 0
–/0
–/0
Limit values for abs. pressure [psia] at various
fluid temperatures:
2"
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
0 /0
0 /0
1.5 / 0
–/0
–/0
3"
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
*
0.6 /0
1.9 / 0
–/0
–/0
4"
PTFE / PFA
0 /0
*
2 /0
2.5 / 0
–/0
–/0
6"
PTFE / PFA
2 /0
*
3.5 /0
5.6 / 0
–/0
–/0
8"
PTFE / PFA
2.9 /0
*
4.2 /0
5.9 / 0
–/0
–/0
10"
PTFE
4.8
*
5.8
7.7
–
–
12"
PTFE
5.8
*
7.3
9.1
–
–
14"
PTFE
6.8
*
8.7
10.6
–
–
16"
PTFE
7.8
*
9.7
11.6
–
–
18"
PTFE
20"
PTFE
24"
PTFE
Partial vacuum is impermissible!
* No value can be quoted
Promag H
Resistance of measuring tube lining to partial vacuum (US-Units)
Nominal
diameter
Measuring tube
lining
[inch]
Material
77 °F
176 °F
212 °F
266 °F
302 °F
356 °F
/12 to 4"
PFA
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Limit values for abs. pressure [psia] at various
fluid temperatures:
Limiting flow
More detailed information in the "Nominal diameter and flow rate" section → Page 20
Pressure loss
• No pressure loss if the sensor is installed in a pipe of the same nominal diameter (Promag H: only
DN 8 (5/16") and larger).
• Pressure losses for configurations incorporating adapters according to DIN EN 545→ Page 19
164
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Technical data
10.1.10 Mechanical construction
Design / dimensions
The dimensions and lengths of the sensor and transmitter are contained in the separate
documentation "Technical information" for the respective measuring device, which you can
download in PDF format at www.endress.com. A list of the available "Technical information"
documents is contained in the "Supplementary documentation" section → Page 173.
Weight (SI-Units)
Promag W
Indication of weight in kg
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
[mm]
[inch]
EN (DIN) /
AS*
JIS
ANSI /
AWWA
EN (DIN) /
AS*
JIS
ANSI /
AWWA
Wallmount
housing
7.3
7.3
7.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
6.0
1¼"
8.0
7.3
–
6.0
5.3
–
6.0
40
1½"
9.4
8.3
9.4
7.4
6.3
7.4
6.0
50
2"
10.6
9.3
10.6
8.6
7.3
8.6
6.0
PN 40
1"
32
PN 40
25
9.1
–
6.0
12.0
10.5
12.0
6.0
100
4"
14.7
16.0
12.7
14.0
6.0
125
5"
21.5
21.0
–
19.5
19.0
–
6.0
150
6"
25.5
24.5
25.5
23.5
22.5
200
8"
45
41.9
45
43
39.9
250
10"
65
69.4
75
63
300
12"
70
72.3
110
68
350
14"
115
175
400
16"
135
205
450
18"
175
255
500
20"
175
285
600
24"
235
405
233
403
6.0
700
28"
355
400
353
398
6.0
PN 10
PN 10
16.0
14.0
Class 150
10.0
14.0
10K
–
12.5
PN 16
11.1
14.0
Class 150
12.0
3"
10K
2½"
PN 16
65
80
23.5
6.0
43
6.0
67.4
73
6.0
70.3
108
6.0
113
173
6.0
133
203
6.0
173
253
6.0
173
283
6.0
–
30"
–
460
–
458
6.0
800
32"
435
550
433
548
6.0
900
36"
575
800
573
798
6.0
1000
40"
700
900
698
898
6.0
–
1100
–
1098
6.0
48"
850
1400
848
1398
6.0
–
–
1300
–
60"
1600
–
2200
–
–
1298
–
2700
1700
–
PN 6
54"
PN 6
–
1400
Class D
42"
Class D
–
1200
2198
6.0
–
6.0
–
2698
6.0
1698
–
6.0
–
66"
–
3700
–
3698
6.0
1800
72"
2200
4100
2198
4098
6.0
–
78"
–
4600
–
4598
6.0
2000
–
2800
–
2798
–
6.0
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
* For flanges according to AS, only DN 80, 100, 150 to 400, 500 and 600 are available.
Endress+Hauser
165
Technical data
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Promag P
Indication of weight in kg
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
[mm]
[inch]
15
½"
6.5
JIS
ANSI /
AWWA
Wallmount
housing
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.0
5.3
5.3
5.3
6.0
6.0
5.3
–
6.0
7.3
7.3
7.3
–
1½"
9.4
8.3
9.4
7.4
6.3
7.4
6.0
2"
10.6
9.3
10.6
8.6
7.3
8.6
6.0
65
2½"
12.0
11.1
–
10.0
80
3"
14.0
12.5
14.0
12.0
100
4"
16.0
14.7
16.0
125
5"
21.5
21.0
150
6"
25.5
24.5
200
8"
45
41.9
250
10"
65
300
12"
70
350
14"
400
16"
450
500
600
9.1
–
6.0
10.5
12.0
6.0
14.0
6.0
–
6.0
19.0
25.5
23.5
22.5
45
43
39.9
69.4
75
63
72.3
110
68
115
175
135
205
18"
175
20"
175
24"
235
23.5
6.0
43
6.0
67.4
73
6.0
70.3
108
6.0
113
173
6.0
133
203
6.0
255
173
253
6.0
285
173
283
6.0
405
233
403
6.0
PN 10
Class 150
12.7
19.5
PN 10
14.0
–
Class 150
10K
7.3
PN 40
50
6.5
EN (DIN) /
AS*
PN 16
40
ANSI /
AWWA
8.0
10K
1¼"
PN 40
1"
32
JIS
6.5
PN 16
25
EN (DIN) /
AS*
Transmitter (compact version): 3.4 kg
High-temperature version: + 1.5 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
*For flanges according to AS, only DN 25 and 50 are available
Promag H
Indication of weight in kg
Nominal diameter
[mm]
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
[inch]
DIN
Messaufnehmer
Messumformer
2
1
5.2
2.5
6.0
4
5/
32"
5.2
2.5
6.0
8
5/
16"
5.3
2.5
6.0
5.4
2.6
6.0
15
/12"
½"
25
1"
5.5
2.8
6.0
40
1½"
6.5
4.5
6.0
50
2"
9.0
7.0
6.0
65
2½"
9.5
7.5
6.0
80
3"
19.0
17.0
6.0
100
4"
18.5
16.5
6.0
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 3.4 kg
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
166
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Weight (US-Units)
Technical data
Promag W
Indication of weight in Pounds (lbs)
Nominal
diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
[mm]
[inch]
EN (DIN) /
AS*
JIS
ANSI /
AWWA
EN (DIN) /
AS*
JIS
ANSI /
AWWA
Wallmount
housing
12
12
13
13
12
–
13
40
1½"
21
18
21
16
14
16
13
50
2"
23
21
23
19
16
19
13
65
2½"
27
24
–
22
20
–
13
80
3"
31
28
31
26
23
26
13
32
35
28
31
13
46
–
43
42
–
13
52
13
95
13
5"
35
47
PN 16
4"
125
PN 16
100
31
Class 150
12
–
10K
16
16
PN 40
16
18
Class 150
16
1¼"
10K
1"
32
PN 40
25
56
54
8"
99
92
56
52
50
99
95
88
250
10"
143
300
12"
154
153
165
139
149
161
13
159
243
150
155
238
13
350
14"
400
16"
254
386
249
381
13
298
452
293
448
13
450
18"
500
20"
386
562
381
558
13
386
628
381
624
13
600
24"
518
893
514
889
13
700
28"
783
882
778
878
13
PN 10
6"
200
PN 10
150
–
30"
–
1014
–
1010
13
800
32"
959
1213
955
1208
13
900
36"
1268
1764
1263
1760
13
1000
40"
1544
1985
1539
1980
13
–
2426
–
2421
13
48"
1874
3087
1870
3083
13
–
–
2867
–
60"
1600
–
4851
–
–
2862
–
5954
3749
–
PN 6
54"
PN 6
–
1400
Class D
42"
Class D
–
1200
4847
13
–
13
–
5949
13
3744
–
13
–
66"
–
8159
–
8154
13
1800
72"
4851
9041
4847
9036
13
–
78"
–
10143
–
10139
13
2000
–
16.1
–
6170
–
13
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7 lbs
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
* For flanges according to AS, only DN 3", 4", 6" to 16", 20" and 24" are available.
Endress+Hauser
167
Technical data
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Weight P
Indication of weight in Pounds (lbs)
Nominal diameter
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
Sensor
EN (DIN) /
AS*
½"
14
14
14
4.5
10
10
13
25
1"
16
16
16
5.3
12
12
13
32
1¼"
18
16
–
6
12
–
13
40
1½"
21
18
21
7.4
14
16
13
50
2"
23
21
23
8.6
16
19
13
65
2½"
26
80
3"
31
–
10
31
12
35
46
150
6"
56
54
200
8"
99
92
250
10"
143
300
12"
154
350
14"
400
16"
450
500
600
ANSI /
AWWA
20
–
13
23
26
13
31
13
–
13
14
28
–
19.5
42
56
23.5
50
52
13
99
43
88
95
13
153
165
63
149
161
13
159
243
68
155
238
13
254
386
113
381
13
298
452
133
448
13
18"
386
562
173
558
13
20"
386
628
173
624
13
24"
518
893
233
889
13
Class 150
32
47
PN 10
35
5"
Class 150
4"
125
PN 10
100
PN 16
24
28
JIS
10K
ANSI /
AWWA
PN 40
15
PN 16
JIS
10K
[inch]
PN 40
EN (DIN) /
AS*
Wallmount
housing
[mm]
Transmitter (compact version): 7.5 lbs
High-temperature version: + 3.3 lbs
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
*For flanges according to AS, only DN 1" and 2" are available
Weight H
Indication of weight in Pounds (lbs)
Nominal diameter
[mm]
[inch]
2
1
4
5/
32"
8
5/
16"
15
/12"
½"
Compact version
Remote version (without cable)
DIN
Sensor
Wall-mount housing
11
6
13
11
6
13
12
6
13
12
6
13
25
1"
12
6
13
40
1½"
14
10
13
50
2"
20
15
13
65
2½"
21
17
13
80
3"
42
37
13
100
4"
41
36
13
Transmitter Promag (compact version): 7 lbs
(Weight data valid for standard pressure ratings and without packaging material)
168
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Materials
Technical data
Promag W
Transmitter housing:
• Compact and remote version: Powder-coated die-cast aluminum
Sensor housing:
• DN 25 to 300 (1" to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• DN 350 to 2000 (14" to 78"): painted steel (Amerlock 400)
Measuring tube:
• DN < 350 (14"): stainless steel 1.4301 or 1.4306/304L;
non-stainless flange material with Al/Zn protective coating
• DN > 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301/304; non-stainless flange material with
Amerlock 400 paint
Flange:
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): 316L / 1.4571; RSt37-2 (S235JRG2) / C22 / FE 410W B
(DN < 350 (14"): with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 (12") with Amerlock 400 paint)
• ANSI: A105; F316L
(DN < 350 (14") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 (12") with Amerlock 400 paint)
• AWWA: 1.0425
• JIS: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2) / HII / 1.0425 / 316L
(DN < 350 (14") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 (12") with Amerlock 400 paint)
• AS 2129
– (DN 150, 200, 250, 300, 600) (6", 8", 10", 12", 24") A105 or RSt37-2 (S235JRG2)
– (DN 80, 100, 350, 400, 500) (3", 4", 14", 16", 20") A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
(DN < 350 (14") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 (12") with Amerlock 400 paint)
• AS 4087: A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
(DN < 350 (14") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 (12") with Amerlock 400 paint)
Ground disks: 1.4435/316L or Alloy C-22
Electrodes: 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum
Seals: as per DIN EN 1514-1
Promag P
Transmitter housing:
• Compact and remote version: Powder-coated die-cast aluminum
Sensor housing:
• DN 15 to 300 (1" to 12"): powder-coated die-cast aluminum
• DN 350 to 600 (14" to 78"): painted steel (Amerlock 400)
Measuring tube:
• DN < 350 (14"): stainless steel 1.4301 or 1.4306/304L;
non-stainless flange material with Al/Zn protective coating
• DN > 300 (12"): stainless steel 1.4301/304; non-stainless flange material with
Amerlock 400 paint
Flange:
• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501): 316L / 1.4571; RSt37-2 (S235JRG2) / C22 / FE 410W B
(DN < 350 (14"): with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 (12") with Amerlock 400 paint)
• ANSI: A105; F316L
(DN < 350 (14") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 (12") with Amerlock 400 paint)
• JIS: RSt37-2 (S235JRG2) / HII / 1.0425 / 316L
(DN < 350 (14") with Al/Zn protective coating; DN > 300 (12") with Amerlock 400 paint)
• AS 2129
– DN 25, (1"): A105 or RSt37-2 (S235JRG2)
– DN 50, (2"): A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
(with Al/Zn protective coating)
• AS 4087: A105 or St44-2 (S275JR)
(with Al/Zn protective coating)
Endress+Hauser
169
Technical data
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Ground disks: 1.4435/316L or Alloy C-22
Electrodes: 1.4435, platinum/rhodium 80/20 or Alloy C-22, tantalum
Seals: as per DIN EN 1514-1
Promag H
Transmitter housing:
• Compact housing: powder coated die-cast aluminum or stainless-steel (1.4301/316L)
• Wall-mounted housing: powder coated die-cast aluminum
Sensor housing: Stainless steel 1.4301
Wall mounting (holder panel): Stainless steel 1.4301
Measuring tube: stainless steel 1.4301 or 1.4306/304L
Flange:
• All connections 1.4404/316L
• Flanges (EN (DIN), ANSI, JIS) made of PVDF
• Adhesive coupling made of PVC
Ground rings:
• Standard: 1.4435/316L
• Optional: Tantalum, Alloy C-22
Electrodes:
• Standard: 1.4435
• Option: Alloy C-22, tantalum, platinum/rhodium 80/20 (up to DN 25 only)
Seals:
• DN 2 to 25 (1/12" to 1"): O-ring (EPDM, Viton, Kalrez) or molded seal (EPDM, silicone, Viton)
• DN 40 to 100 (1½ to 4"): molded seal (EPDM, silicone)
Material load curves
The material load curves (pressure-temperature diagrams) for the process connections are included
in the separate "Technical information" documentation for the respective measuring device, which
you can download in PDF format at www.endress.com.
A list of the available "Technical Information" documents is contained in the "Documentation"
section → Page 173.
Fitted electrodes
Promag W
Measuring, reference and EPD electrodes:
• Standard available with: 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum
• Optional: exchangeable measuring electrodes made of 1.4435 (DN 350 to 2000; 14" to 78")
Promag P
Measuring, reference and EPD electrodes:
• Standard available with: 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum, platinum/rhodium 80/20
• Optional: measuring electrodes made of platinum/rhodium 80/20
Promag H
Measuring and EPD electrodes:
• DN 2 to 4 (1/12" to 5/32"): without EPD electrode
• Standard available with: 1.4435, Alloy C-22, tantalum, platinum/rhodium 80/20
170
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Process connection
Technical data
Promag W
Flange connection: EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), DN < 350 (14"): Form A, DN > 300 (12"): Form B
(DN 65 (2 1/12"), PN 16 and DN 600 (24"), PN 16 exclusively to EN 1092-1); ANSI; AWWA; JIS
and AS
Promag P
Flanschanschluss: EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), DN < 350 (14"): Form A, DN > 300 (12"): Form B
(DN 65 (2 1/12"), PN 16 and DN 600 (24"), PN 16 exclusively to EN 1092-1); ANSI; JIS; AS
Promag H
• With O-ring: weld nipples (DIN EN ISO 1127, ODT / SMS), flanges (EN (DIN), ANSI, JIS), PVDF
flanges (EN (DIN), ANSI, JIS), external pipe thread, internal pipe thread, hose connection, PVC
adhesive coupling
• With molded seal: weld nipples (DIN 11850, ODT / SMS), clamps (ISO 2852, DIN 32676, L14
AM7), threaded connection (DIN 11851, DIN 11864-1, ISO 2853, SMS 1145), flanges DIN
11864-2
• Measuring tube lined with PFA: ≤ 0.4 μm (16 μin)
• Electrodes: 0.3 to 0.5 μm (12 to 16 μin)
• Process connection Promag H: ≤ 0.8 μm (31 μin
Surface roughness
All specifications refer to wetted parts.
10.1.11 Human interface
Display elements
• Liquid crystal display: illuminated, four lines with 16 characters per line
• Selectable display of different measured values and status variables
• 3 totalizers
• At ambient temperatures below -20 °C (–15 °F) the readability of the display may be impaired.
Operating elements
• Local operation with three optical keys (S/O/F)
• Application-specific Quick Setup menus for straightforward commissioning
Language groups
Language groups available for operation in different countries:
• Western Europe and America (WEA):
English, German, Spanish, Italian, French, Dutch and Portuguese
• Eastern Europe and Scandinavia (EES):
English, Russian, Polish, Norwegian, Finnish, Swedish and Czech.
• South and east Asia (SEA):
English, Japanese, Indonesian
• China (CN):
English, Chinese
!
Endress+Hauser
Note!
You can change the language group via the operating program "FieldCare".
171
Technical data
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
10.1.12 Certificates and approvals
CE mark
The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives.
Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
C-Tick symbol
The measuring system complies with the EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications
and Media Authority (ACMA)".
Ex approval
Information about currently available Ex versions (ATEX, FM, CSA etc.) can be supplied by your
E+H Sales Center on request. All information relevant to explosion protection is available in
separate Ex documents that you can order as necessary.
Compatibility with foodstuffs
Promag W
No applicable approvals or certification
Promag P
No applicable approvals or certification
Promag H
• 3A authorization and EHEDG-tested
• Seals → in conformity with FDA (except Kalrez seals)
PROFIBUS DP/PA
certification
The flowmeter has successfully passed all the test procedures carried out and is certified and
registered by the PNO (PROFIBUS User Organization). The device thus meets all the requirements
of the following specifications:
• Certified in accordance with PROFIBUS Profile Version 3.0 (device certification number: available
on request)
• The measuring device can also be operated with certified devices of other manufacturers
(interoperability).
Pressure device approval
Measuring devices with a nominal diameter smaller than or equal to DN 25 (1") correspond to
Article 3(3) of the EC Directive 97/23/EC (Pressure Equipment Directive) and have been designed
and manufactured according to good engineering practice. For larger nominal diameters, optional
approvals according to Cat. II/III are available when required (depends on fluid and process
pressure).
Other standards and
guidelines
• EN 60529
Degrees of protection by housing (IP code)
• EN 61010-1
Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and
Laboratory Procedures.
• IEC/EN 61326
"Emission in accordance with requirements for Class A".
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC-requirements).
• NAMUR NE 21
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment.
• NAMUR NE 43
Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with
analog output signal.
• NAMUR NE 53
Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics.
172
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Technical data
10.1.13 Ordering information
The Endress+Hauser service organization can provide detailed ordering information and
information on the order codes on request.
10.1.14 Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for the
transmitter and the sensor.→ Page 127
!
Note!
The Endress+Hauser service organization can provide detailed information on request.
10.1.15 Supplementary documentation
• Flow Measurement (FA005D/06/en)
• Technical information Promag 50W, 53W (TI046D/06/en)
• Technical information Promag 50P, 53P (TI047D/06/en)
• Technical information Promag 50H, 53H (TI048D/06/en)
• Description of device functions Promag 53, PROFIBUS DP/PA (BA064D/06/en)
• Supplementary documentation on Ex-ratings: ATEX, FM, CSA
Endress+Hauser
173
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Index
Index
A
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Accuracy
Maximum measured error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Acyclic data transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 156
Applicator (selection and configuration software) . . . . . . 129
Approvals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
B
Batching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Block model
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
PROFIBUS PA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Bus structure
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
C
Cable entries
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Cable length (remote version). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cable specification
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
PROFIBUS PA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Remote version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cable specifications
Remote version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Cable type
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
PROFIBUS PA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Calibration factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cathodic protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
CE mark (declaration of conformity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CIP cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Cleaning
CIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Exterior cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Cleaning with pigs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Code entry (function matrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Commissioning
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 84
Relay output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Communication
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Compatibility with foodstuffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Connecting cable length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Connection
see Electrical connection
174
C-Tick symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Current output
Configuration active/passive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Technical data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Cyclic data transmission
PROFIBUS DP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Cyclic data transmission PROFIBUS DP
Block model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Cyclic data transmission PROFIBUS PA
Block model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module . . . . . . . . . . . 118
D
Data backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Data transmission
Acyclic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Declaration of conformity (CE mark) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 160
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 156
Device address, configuring
PROFIBUS DP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Device description files
PROFIBUS DP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 156
Device status, display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Display
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Turning the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Documentation, supplementary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Down pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
E
Electrical connection
Cable specification (remote version). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Remote version (connecting cable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Electrodes
EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Exchangeable measuring electrodes (replacement) . . . 152
Fitted electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Electronics boards (installing/removing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Field housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Empty Pipe Detection (EPD)
EPD electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Empty-pipe/Full-pipe adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Error limits
see Accuracy
Error messages
Process errors (application errors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
System error (device error) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Error types (system and process errors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
European Pressure Equipment Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ex approval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exchangeable measuring electrodes, Replacement . . . . . .
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index
172
172
152
126
F
Fault message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
F-Chip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Fieldcheck ( tester and simulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Flow rate/limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Fluid conductivity
Length of connecting cable (remote version). . . . . . . . . 24
Fluid conductivity, minimum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Fluid pressure range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Frequency output
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Function descriptions
see the "Description of Device Functions" manual
Function groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fuse, replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
G
Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Ground cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Ground disks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Installation (Promag P). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Installation (Promag W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Ground rings (Promag H)
Installation, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Potential matching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
H
Hardware write protection
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Hazardous substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
High-temperature version (Promag P)
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
HOME position (display operating mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
I
Icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Incoming acceptance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Inlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Input signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Installation
Ground disks (Promag P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Ground rings (Promag H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
see Installation conditions
Wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Installation conditions
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Down pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Foundations, supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Endress+Hauser
Installation of pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Nominal diameter and flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Orientation (vertical, horizontal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Partially filled pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Installation of sensors
Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Promag H (with weld nipples) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Promag P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Promag P (high-temperature version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Installing the sensor
see Installation of sensors
Insulation of pipes (Promag P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
L
Language groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Local display
see Display
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
M
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Material load curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Measured value status, display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Measuring accuracy
Reference operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 156
Module
AI (Analog Input)
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
BATCHING_FIX_COMP_QUANTITY
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
BATCHING_QUANTITY
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
CONTROL_BLOCK
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
DISPLAY_VALUE
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
EMPTY_MODULE
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
SETTOT_TOTAL
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
175
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
TOTAL
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
N
Nameplate
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Nominal pressure
see Fluid pressure range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Notice message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
O
Operable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159–160
Operation
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
ToF Tool - Fieldtool Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Order code
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Ordering information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
P
Pig, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Post-installation check (checklist). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
potential matching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Power consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Power supply (supply voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Pressure device approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Pressure loss
Adapters (reducers, expanders). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Process connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Process error
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
PROFIBUS DP
Bus structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Cable specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Cable type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Configuration examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Cyclic data transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Device address, configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Device description files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Hardware write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Spur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
PROFIBUS DP cyclic data transmission
AI (Analog Input) module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
BATCHING_FIX_COMP_QUANTITY module . . . . . . 111
176
Index
BATCHING_QUANTITY module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
CONTROL_BLOCK module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
DISPLAY_VALUE module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
EMPTY_MODULE module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
SETTOT_TOTAL module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
TOTAL module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
PROFIBUS PA
Cable specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Cable type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Configuration examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Cyclic data transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Device address, configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Device description files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Hardware write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Spur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
PROFIBUS PA cyclic data transmission
AI (Analog Input) module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
CONTROL_BLOCK module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
DISPLAY_VALUE module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
EMPTY_MODULE module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
SETTOT_TOTAL module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
TOTAL module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Programming mode
Disabling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Pulsating flow
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Pulse output
see Frequency output
Q
Quick Setup
Batching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 84
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Data back-up (of device data with T-DAT) . . . . . . . . . . 94
Pulsating flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
R
Registered trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Relay output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 157
Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Repeatability (accuracy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Replacement
Electronics boards (installing/removing) . . . . . . . . . . 147
Exchangeable measuring electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Resistance to partial vacuum (measuring tube lining)
SI-Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
US-Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Returning devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
S
Safety icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Screw tightening torques
Promag H (process connections made of plastic). . . . . . 36
S-DAT (HistoROM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Endress+Hauser
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
Seals
Fluid temperature range (Promag H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Promag P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Promag W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Replacement, replacement seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Sensor (installation)
see Installation of sensors
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–11
Shielding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Shielding of the supply line/T-box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Shock resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
SIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Software
Amplifier display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Spur
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Standards, guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Status input
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Supplementary Ex documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Supply voltage (power supply) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Surface roughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Switching output
see Relay output
System error
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
System error messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Index
Weight
SI-Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
US-Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Welding work
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Weld nipples Promag H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Wiring
see Electrical connection
Writes (max.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
T
T-DAT (HistoROM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Save/load (data back-up, e.g. for replacing devices) . . . 94
Temperature ranges
Ambient temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Fluid temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Storage temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Terminal assignment
PROFIBUS DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
PROFIBUS PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Terminating resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ToF Tool - Fieldtool Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Transmitter
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Turning the field housing (aluminum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Turning the field housing (stainless steel) . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Transmitters
Installation of wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Transporting sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Troubleshooting and remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
V
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
W
Wall-mount housing, installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Endress+Hauser
177
Proline Promag 53 PROFIBUS DP/PA
178
Index
Endress+Hauser
www.endress.com/worldwide
BA053D/06/en/08.07
71060107
FM+SGML6.0 ProMoDo
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising